自考英语(二)下册_课文对译_课后习题答案

自考英语(二)下册_课文对译_课后习题答案 大学英语自学教程(下) cUnit 1 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 什么是决策, A decision is a choice made from among alternative courses of action that are available. The purpose of making a decision is to establish and achieve organizational goals and objectives. The reason for making a decision is that a problem exists, goals or objectives are wrong, or something is standing in the way of accomplishing them. 决策是从可供挑选的行动 方案 气瓶 现场处置方案 .pdf气瓶 现场处置方案 .doc见习基地管理方案.doc关于群访事件的化解方案建筑工地扬尘治理专项方案下载 中作出选择，目的在于确定并实现组织机构的目标 或目的。之所以要决策是因为存在问题，或是目标或目的不对，或某种东西妨碍目标 或目的实现。 Thus the decision-making process is fundamental to management. Almost everything a manager does involves decisions, indeed, some suggest that the management process is decision making. Although managers cannot predict the future, many of their decisions require that they consider possible future events. Often managers must make a best guess at what the future will be and try to leave as little as possible to chance, hut since uncertainty is always there, risk accompanies decisions. Sometimes the consequences of a poor decision are slight; at other times they are serious. 因此，决策过程对于管理人员非常重要。管理者所做的一切几乎都与决策有关， 事实上，有人甚至认为管理过程就是决策过程。虽然决策者不能预测未来，但他们的 许多决策要求他们必须考虑未来可能会发生的情况。管理者必须对未来的事情作出最 佳的猜测，并使偶然性尽可能少地发生。但因为总是存在着未知情况，所以决策往往 伴随着风险。有时失误的决策带来的后果不很严重，但有时就会不堪设想。 Choice is the opportunity to select among alternatives. If there is no choice, there is no decision to be made. Decision making is the process of choosing, and many decisions have a broad range of choice. For example, a student may be able to choose among a number of different courses in order to implement the decision to obtain a college degree. For managers, every decision has constraints based on policies, procedures, laws, precedents, and the like. These constraints exist at all levels of the organization. 选择就是从多种选项中进行取舍，没有选择，就没有决策。决策本身就是一个选 择的过程，许多决策有着很广的选择范围。例如，学生为了实现自己获得学位的目标， 可能会从多门课程中进行选择，对于管理者来说，每一个决策都受到政策、程序、法 律、惯例等方面的制约，这些制约存在于一个组织的各个部门里。 Alternatives are the possible courses of action from which choices can be made. If there are no alternatives, there is no choice and, therefore, no decision. If no alternatives are seen, often it means that a thorough job of examining the problems has not been done. For example, managers sometimes treat problems in an either/or fashion; this is their way of simplifying complex problems. But the tendency to simplify blinds them to other alternatives. 选项就是可供选择的种种可行的行动方案。没有选项，就没有选择，因而也就没 有决策。如果看不到任何选项，这意味着还没有对问题进行彻底的研究。例如，管理 者有时会用“非此即彼”的方式处理问题，这是他们简化问题的方法。这种简化问题 1 大学英语自学教程(下) 的习惯常常使他们看不到其他的选项。 At the managerial level, decision making includes limiting alternatives as well as identifying them, and the range is from highly limited to practically unlimited. 在管理这个层次上，制定决策包括:识别选项和缩小选项范围，其范围小到微乎 其微，大到近乎无限。 Decision makers must have some way of determining which of several alternatives is best -- that is, which contributes the most to the achievement of organizational goals. An organizational goal is an end or a state of affairs the organization seeks to reach. Because individuals (and organizations) frequently have different ideas about how to attain the goals, the best choice may depend on who makes the decision. Frequently, departments or units within an organization make decisions that are good for them individually but that are less than optimal for the larger organization. Called suboptimization, this is a trade-off that increases the advantages to one unit or function but decreases the advantages to another unit or function. For example, the marketing manager may argue effectively for an increased advertising budget. In the larger scheme of things, however, increased funding for research to improve the products might be more beneficial to the organization. 决策者必须有某种方法来断定几种选项中的最佳选项，即哪个选项最有利于实现 其组织的目标。组织的目标是指该组织努力完成或达到的目标或现状。由于个人(或组 织)对于怎样实现其目标的方式都有不同的见解，最佳的选择就在于决策者了。常常是 一个组织的下属部门做出的决策对自己有利，而对上一级的部门来说，就不是较佳选 择了。这种增加部门的局部利益而减少其他部门的局部利益所作出的权衡，叫做局部 优化。例如，市场营销经理为增加广告预算可能会讲得头头是道，但从更大的布局来 看，增加优化产品的研究经费也许对组织更有利。 These trade-offs occur because there are many objectives that organizations wish to attain simultaneously. Some of these objectives are more important than others, but the order and degree of importance often vary from person to person and from department to department. Different managers define the same problem in different terms. When presented with a common case, sales managers tend to see sales problems, production managers see production problems, and so on. 这种权衡的存在是因为组织想要同时达到的目标很多，其中有些比另一些重要， 但其重要性与排序是因人和部门而异的。不同的管理者会对同一问题持不同的看法。 面对同样一种情况时，销售经理倾向于销售方面的问题，而生产经理则着眼于生产方 面的问题，如此等等。 The ordering and importance of multiple objectives is also based, in part, on the values of the decision maker. Such values are personal; they are hard to understand, even by the individual, because they are so dynamic and complex. In many business situations different people's values about acceptable degrees of risk and profitability cause disagreement about the correctness of decisions. 多种目标的重要性与排序还部分地取决于决策者的价值观,这些价值观具有个人 色彩,令人难以捉摸,甚至其本人也很难讲清楚，因为价值观是动态和复杂的,在很多业 务场合,对于风险与收益可接受的程度往往会使不同价值观的人对其决策的正确性产 2 大学英语自学教程(下) 生不同意见。 People often assume that a decision is an isolated phenomenon. But from a systems point of view, problems have multiple causes, and decisions have intended and unintended consequences. An organization is an ongoing entity, and a decision made today may have consequences far into the future. Thus the skilled manager looks toward the future consequences of current decisions. 人们常常认为，决策是一个孤立的现象。但从系统的观点看，问题的产生有多种原 因，而且决策有预期的和意料之外的结果。一个组织是一个发展中的实体，今天做出 的决策可能会在很远的将来才会有结果。因此，老练的管理人员要放眼于当前决策在 将来可能会产生的后果。 【课文难点注释】 1(A decision is a choice made from among alternative courses of action„ “among alternative courses of action”是介词短语作介词“from”的宾语，能够这样用的介词有:from，except，until，by，in等。 That machine was done by between forty and fifty workers. 这台机器是由人数 在40,50之间的工人制作的。 He goes nowhere except to the church on Sundays. 星期天他除了去教堂外不去任 何地方。 2(„and try to leave as little as possible to chance. 这是由leave„to„和as„as possible两个短语组成的句子，前者意为“把„留给„”，后者意为“尽可能地” ,例句,They had to leave as little as possible to chance. 他们得尽可 能少地使偶然性发生。 We should leave as little as possible to incorrect decisions. 我 们应该尽可能少地做出错误决策。 3(Alternatives are the possible courses of action from which choices can be made. which 是关系代词，指代the possible courses of action，作介词from的宾语，关 系代词指代物体作介词宾语时必须是关系代词which，代词前的介词一般是由从句中的 谓语动词来决定的，或所修饰的词来决定的。 ,例句,The computer is a subject about which many books are written.计 算机是许多书所写的一个课题。 The door of which you lost the key cannot be opened.你丢钥匙的 那扇门开不了。 4(，occur是不及物动词，意为“发生，产 生，存在，意识到”等，通常是事物作其主语，它既可指难以预料的事发生，也可指 预料中的事发生，如某人想起了什么或发生了什么则用介词“to”。 ,例句,Don’t let the mistake occur again. 不要让这种错误再次发生。 An idea occurred to him. 他想到了一个主意。 5(When presented with a common!case，sales managers„ 这是由when引起的省略句，省略部分为“they are”。能够引起这样省略句的词有:when，if，as if等等。 ,例句,When something wrong with his car，he would always go to his autorepair man. 当他的车出毛病时，他总是去找他的汽车修理师。 这里省略的词为“there was”。 He will give us a hand when necessary. 必要时他会帮助我们的。 这里省略的词为“it is”。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1-d 2-c 3-c 4-a 5-d ?.1.alternative 2.fundamental 3.accompany 4.implement 5.precedent 6.attain 7.objectives 8.vary 9.multiple 10.isolate ?.1-c make decisions 2-d design programs 3-i solve problems 3 大学英语自学教程(下) 4-j survive accidents 5-g seize opportunities 6-e pursue studies 7-h attain goals 8-a earn money 9-f consume time 10-h pay debts ?.One evening while my wife and I were entertaining our dinner guests,our five-year-old daughter Debbie helped her mother serve dessert.Debbie brought the first slice of pie from the kitchen and placed the plate in front of me.I politely passed it to the woman next to me.Debbie put another slice of pie before me and again watched as I passed it to another guest.“You might as well keep it,”my daughter said，“They are all the same size.” ?. 1.Decision makers should be able to make a best guess at what the future will be. 2.Some people suggest that all a manager does involves decisions. 3.If there is no right choice there is no right decision to be made. 4.Solutions vary because different people define the same problem in different terms. 5.Decision makers are usually the key to the business development of a company. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.be organized b.organizational c.organization 2.a.simple b.simplified c.simply d.simplification 3.a.profit b.profitable c.profitability 4.a.intention b.intended c.unintended ?. 1.precedent 2.skilled 3.achievement 4.implement 5.optimal 6.goal 7.accomplish 8. accompanies 9.tendency 10.ongoing ?. 1(He was accompanied to the concert by his friend. 2(He has argued her out of her decision. 3(His success was due in part to luck. 4(In accordance with his suggestion,the procedure has been greatly simplified. 5(The broadcast station predicted that it would be cold tomorrow. 6(Movement is defined as a change in position or place. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 面试成功的秘诀 The subject of today's talk is interviews. 我们今天的话题是面试。 The key words here are preparation and confidence, which will carry you far. 成功的秘诀是准备与信心，这两条秘诀会使你获益匪浅。 Do your homework first. 首先，做好面试前的准备工作。 Find out all you can about the job you are applying for and the organization you hope to work for. 尽可能多地了解你所申请的工作与将要为其司职的单位的情况。 Many of the employers I interviewed made the same criticism of candidates. "They have no idea what the day to day work of the job brings about. They have vague notions of "furthering the company's prospects’ or of 'serving the community', but have never taken the trouble to find out the actual tasks they will be required to do.” 我所采访过的雇主对应聘者作了同样的批评:“应聘者对求职的工作的日常业务 4 大学英语自学教程(下) 会产生什么样的结果一无所知，对‘拓展公司的前景’或‘为社区服务’有些模糊的 认识，但却从不下气力去了解他们将要去做的实际工作。” Do not let this be said of you. It shows an unattractive indifference to your employer and to your job. 不要让人们这样说自己。这样的话就说明你对你的雇主和工作漠不关心，毫不在 意。 Take the time to put yourself into the interviewer's place. He wants somebody who is hard-working with a pleasant personality and a real interest in the job. 花点儿时间替面试官想一想，他们所需要的是一位勤奋、能干、性格开朗，并对 工作真正感兴趣的人。 Anything that you find out about the prospective employer can be used to your advantage during the interview to show that you have bothered to master some facts about the people who you hope to work for. 你所了解的新雇主的任何有关情况对你都有利，在面试中可以为你所用;它表明 你为将要司职的雇主下了功夫，掌握一些情况。 Write down (and remember) the questions you want to ask the interviewer(s) so that you are not speechless when they invite your questions. Make sure that holidays and pay are not the first things you ask about. If all your questions have been answered during the interview, reply: "In fact, I did have several questions, but you have already answered them all.” 把你想要问面试官的问题写下来(并记住)，当面试官让你提问时不至于无话可说， 切记要避免一开始就问休假与报酬的事。如果你准备的所有问题在面试过程中都得到 了答复，你可以说，“我刚才确实有几个问题要问，但您已经全部答过了”。 Do not be afraid to ask for clarification of something that has been said during the interview if you want to be sure what was implied, but do be polite. 在面试过程中，你想要弄明白对方所说的某些话的确切含意，就向对方询问，不 必畏缩，但要有礼貌。 Just before you go to the interview, look again at the original advertisement that you answered, any correspondence from your prospective employer, photocopies of your letter of application or application form and your resume. 在去面试之前，应把应聘广告原文、未来雇主的信件、求职信、求职表和个人简 历的复印件再看一遍。 Then you will remember what you said and what they want. This is very important if you have applied for many jobs in a short time as it is easy to become confused and give an impression of inefficiency. 然后，你会记住你说过的话和对方所要求的条件。这一点对在短时间内应聘几个 工作尤其重要，因为应聘一多就容易搞混，并给人留下效率不高的印象。 Make sure you know where and when you have to report for the interview. Go to the building (but not inside the office) a day or two before, if necessary, to find out how long the journey takes and where exactly the place is. 一定要弄清楚何时何地去面试。必要的话，可在面试前的一两天去看看那幢面试 楼(但不要进办公室)，核实一下路程有多远，详细地址在哪里。 5 大学英语自学教程(下) Aim to arrive five or ten minutes early for the actual interview, then you will have a little time in hand and you will not panic if you are delayed. You start at a disadvantage if you arrive worried and ten minutes late. 真正面试时最好提前5,10分钟赶到。这样，留有一点多余时间，如有耽误也不 会惊慌。如果是慌慌张张地赶到，或迟到了几分钟，那你一开始就使自己处于不利的 境地。 Dress in clean, neat, conservative clothes. Now is NOT the time to experiment with the punk look or (girls) to wear low-cut dresses with miniskirts. Make sure that your shoes, hands and hair (and teeth) are clean and neat. 穿着要整洁、传统一些，面试可不是试试朋克打扮或女孩子穿袒胸上衣超短裙的 时候。另外，一定要保持你的鞋子、头发、手(还有牙齿)都干干净净。 Have the letter inviting you for an interview ready to show in case there is any difficulty in communication. 准备好约你去面试的信件，以防交谈有困难时用。 You may find yourself facing one interviewer or a panel. The latter is far more intimidating, but do not let it worry you too much. The interviewer will probably have a table in front of him/her. Do not put your things or arms on it. 面试时，你面前可能是一位面试官，或者是面试小组，几个人来考你确实让你害 怕，但你不必过分担心。面试官前可能有桌子，但你不要把你的东西或手臂放在桌子 上。 If you have a bag or a case, put it on the floor beside your chair. Do not clutch it nervously or, worse still, drop it, spilling everything. 如果你有手提包或公文包，就把它放在你座椅旁边的地上，不要紧抓着它不放。 要是包掉在地上，东西撒了一地，将会更糟。 Shake hands if the interviewer offers his hand first. There is little likelihood that a panel of five wants to go though the process of all shaking hands with you in turn. So you do not be upset if no one offers. 如果面试官主动与你握手，可以和他握手;如果是五人面试组，一般不会逐个与 你握手，所以，没人与你握手也不必感到不安。 Shake hands firmly -- a weak hand suggests a weak personality, and a crushing grip is obviously painful. Do not drop the hand as soon as yours has touched it as this will seem to show you do not like the other person. 握手时要有力——没力的手意味着没有个性;当然过于用力会使人感到疼痛;也 不要一触到对方的手就马上放下，那样似乎表明你对对方没有好感。 Speak politely and naturally even if you are feeling shy. Think before you answer any questions. 即使自己感到不好意思，说话时也要礼貌、自然，做到任何问题都是先想后答。 If you cannot understand, ask: "Would you mind rephrasing the question, please?" The question will then be repeated in different words. 如果你听不懂对方的提问，就问“对不起，刚才的问题你不介意再解释一遍吧?” 这时，对方会换一种说法把问题重复一遍。 If you are not definitely accepted or turned down on the spot, ask: "When may I expect to hear the results of this interview?" 6 大学英语自学教程(下) 如果对方当时没有明确地接受你，也没有回绝你，你可以问“我什么时候能够知道面试的结果”? If you do receive a letter offering you the job, you must reply by letter (keep a photocopy) as soon as possible. 如果你真的收到让你前去工作的信，应尽快复信(保留复印件)。 Good luck! 祝你好运! 【课文难点注释】 1(The key words here are preparation and confidence，which will carry you far. which是关系代词，引导的是非限定性定语从句，指代的是preparation和confidence，非限定性定语从句的关系代词前有逗号，关系代词有时候还指代前面的整句话。 ,例句,He missed the train，which annoyed him very much.他没赶上火车，这事使他很恼火。 He is not on the telephone,which makes it difficult to get in touch with him. 他没有回电话，这使同他联系变得困难了。 2.Do not let this be said of you.不要让别人这样说你。 be said 作宾语补足语，来修饰this，动词let的用法是 let sb. do sth.或 let sth.be done， 意为:让某人做某事，或某事由他人来做。 ,例句,She does not want to let this be done by others.她不想让这事由其他人来做。 We should not let our surroundings be polluted.我们不应该让我们的环境被污染。 3(Have the letter inviting you for an interview ready to show in case there is any difficulty in communication. 将约你去面试的信件准备好，以防交谈有困难时用。 in case是从句连接词，后 接状语从句，意为“一旦，以防，免得”等。容易出错的是同“in case of”这个短语相混 ，这是介词短语，后接名词。 ,例句,He left the key at home in case his wife might come back.他把钥匙留在家中，以备妻子回来。 Bring your umbrella with you in case it rains.带着雨伞，以防下雨。 4(You may find yourself facing one interviewer or a panel.你面前可能是一位面试官，或是面试小组。 find sb doing sth 发现某人正在做某事，facing one interviewer or a panel 是现在分词短语作宾补，这一类的动词 还有see，hear，have，notice watch，observe等。 ,例句,These conditions cannot have them doing the experiment. 这些条件不能使他们做这项实验。 He saw an automobile coming to him. 他看见一辆汽车正朝他开过来。 5(There is little likelihood that„很少有可能„，这是个惯用句型，that是个引导词， 引导同位语从句，故that之后应是一个完整的句子。类似的句型还有There is evidence that„，有证据证明;There is an indication that„，有迹象 证明„。 ,例句,There is liskelihood that they will be away for a week.他们将很有可能离开一周的时间。 There was not much indication that the next few weeks would be peaceful. 没有多大迹象表明今后几个星期将会太平。 【课文练习答案】 ?.1.T 2.T 3.F 4.F 5.F 6.F 7.F 8.F 9.F 10.T ?. 1(preparation，confidence 2(idea 3(unattractive indifference 4(hardworking，personality，interest 7 大学英语自学教程(下) 5(speechless 6(holidays，pay 7(clean，neat，conservative 8(the floor beside your chair 9(politely，naturally 10(Would you mind rephrasing the question，please 【词汇练习答案】 1.at a disadvantage 2.conservative 3.indifference 4.make sure 5.vague 6.clutched 7.turned down 8.to your advantage 9.clean and neat 10.prospect 11.take the trouble 12.place Unit 2 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 黑 洞 What is a black hole? Well, it's difficult to answer this question, since the terms we would normally use to describe a scientific phenomenon are inadequate here. Astronomers and scientists think that a black hole is a region of space (not a thing) into which matter has fallen and from which nothing can escape, not even light. So we can't see a black hole. A black hole exerts a strong gravitational pull and yet it has no matter. It is only space -- or so we think. How can this happen? 什么是黑洞?说起来，很难回答这个问题，因为通常我们用来描述科学现象的这个 术语在这里就不恰当了。天文学家和科学家认为，黑洞是一片空间区域(而不是某个东 西)，物质掉落其中，但什么也不能从中逃逸——甚至连光也不能。所以，我们看不见 黑洞。黑洞产生很强的引力，但却不具有物质;它只是空间，或者说我们这样认为。 黑洞是怎样产生的呢? The theory is that some stars explode when their density increases to a particular point; they collapse and sometimes a supernova occurs. From earth, a supernova looks like a very bright light in the sky which shines even in the daytime. Supernovae were reported by astronomers in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Some people think that the Star of Bethlehem could have been a supernova. The collapse of a star may produce a White Dwarf or a neutron star -- a star, whose matter is so dense that it continually shrinks by the force of its own gravity. But if the star is very large (much bigger than our sun) this process of shrinking may be so intense that a black hole results. Imagine the earth reduced to the size of a marble, but still having the same mass and a stronger gravitational pull, and you have some idea of the force of a black hole. Any matter near the black hole is sucked in. It is impossible to say what happens inside a black hole. Scientists have called the boundary area around the hole the "event horizon." We know nothing about events which happen once objects pass this boundary. But in theory, matter must behave very differently inside the hole. 从理论上讲，一些恒星的密度增加到某一程度就会爆炸;这些恒星崩溃瓦解，有 时产生超新星。从地球上看，超新星像天空中一盏明亮的灯，白天也能发光。天文学 家在十七、十八世纪对超新星就有所报道。有些人认为，圣诞星可能是一颗超新星。 恒星的崩溃瓦解可能产生白矮星或中子星，这种星的物质密度极大，使它在自身引力 的作用下不停地收缩。如果这种星体非常大(远比太阳大)，它的收缩非常剧烈，就会 8 大学英语自学教程(下) 产生黑洞。试想一下，如果地球缩小到弹子球那么大，但仍具有同样的质量和更强的 引力，你就会对黑洞的引力有所认识。任何靠近黑洞的物质会被吸了进去，却不能说 明在黑洞内部发生了什么。科学家们称黑洞边缘地区为“事界”。对于通过这个边界 时物体究竟发生了些什么事件，我们一无所知。从理论上讲，物质在黑洞里面的属性 一定会截然不同。 For example, if a man fell into a black hole, he would think that he reached the center of it very quickly. However an observer at the event horizon would think that the man never reached the center at all. Our space and time laws don't seem to apply to objects in the area of a black hole. Einstein's relativity theory is the only one which can explain such phenomena. Einstein claimed that matter and energy are interchangeable, so that there is no "absolute" time and space. There are no constants at all, and measurements of time and space depend on the position of the observer. They are relative. We do not yet fully understand the implications of the relativity theory; but it is interesting that Einstein's theory provided a basis for the idea of black holes before astronomers started to find some evidence for their existence. It is only recently that astronomers have begun specific research into black holes. In August 1977, a satellite was launched to gather data about the 10 million black holes which are thought to be in the Milky Way. And astronomers are planning a new observatory to study the individual exploding stars believed to be black holes, 打个比方，如果一个人落入黑洞，他会想自己很快就到达了黑洞中心，而在世界 上的观察者会认为这个人根本没有到达黑洞中心。看来我们的时空观念并不适用于黑 洞区域的物体。只有爱因斯坦的相对论才能解释这种现象。他说，物质与能量是相互 转换的，因此不存在“绝对”的时间与空间，不存在常量;时间与空间的测量取决于 观测者的位置，它们二者是相对的。我们仍未透彻地理解相对论的意义，但有趣的是， 在天文学家开始寻找黑洞存在的证据之前，爱因斯坦的理论就为黑洞学说提供了理论 基础。直到最近，天文学家才开始对黑洞进行专门的研究。1997年8月发射了一颗卫 星，搜集关于人们认为存在于银河系中的一千万个黑洞的数据资料。天文学家还 计划 项目进度计划表范例计划下载计划下载计划下载课程教学计划下载 建一个新的天文观测站，对那些正在爆炸的、人们认为可能会成为黑洞的恒星分别进 行研究。 The most convincing evidence of black holes comes frown research into binary star systems. Binary stars, as their name suggests, are twin stars whose position in space affects each other. In some binary systems, astronomers have shown that there is an invisible companion star, a "partner" to the one which we can see in the sky. Matter from the one which we can see is being pulled towards the companion star. Could this invisible star, which exerts such a great force, be a black hole? Astronomers have evidence of a few other stars too, which might have black holes as companions. 对双星星系的研究为黑洞的存在提供了最令人信服的证据。双星，顾名思义就是 两颗恒星，其空间位置相互影响。天文学家们已经表明，在一些双星系中都有一颗看 不见的“伴星”，陪伴着天空中我们能够看得见的星。那颗可见的恒星上的物质一直 被一颗看不见的另一颗恒星吸引着。这颗产生如此之大引力的不可见恒星会不会是个 黑洞呢?天文学家们已有几颗其他恒星的证据，证明它们可能会有黑洞作为陪伴。 The story of black holes is just beginning. Speculations about them. are endless. There might be a massive black hole at the center of our galaxy swallowing up stars at a 9 大学英语自学教程(下) very rapid rate. Mankind may one day meet this fate. On the other hand, scientists have suggested that very advanced technology could one day make use of the energy of black holes for mankind. These speculations sound like science fiction. But the theory of black holes in space is accepted by many serious scientists and astronomers. They show us a world which operates in a totally different way from our own and they question our most basic experience of space and time. 黑洞理论仅仅是个开始，关于黑洞的猜测却是不胜枚举。在我们银河系中心可能 有一个巨大的黑洞，高速吞噬着恒星，人类可能会在某一天要面临这一命运。另一方 面，科学家们已经提出，也许有一天高科技会利用黑洞的能量为人类造福。这些假想 听起来像科幻故事，然而，空间黑洞的理论已为许多严谨的科学家和天文学家所接受。 他们向我们展示了一个运转方式完全不同于我们这个世界的世界，他们对我们关于时 空的最基本认识提出了质疑。 【课文难点注释】 1(Astronomers and scientists think that a black hole is a region of space (not a thing)into which matter has fallen and from which nothing can escape-not even light. 2(“into which…”及“from which…”是两个限定性定语从句，修饰a region of s pace，两 个which都是代表“空间区域”，即:物质掉落进这个空间区域，什么也不能从这个空间 区域逃逸”。请参照Unit 1，Text A，课文难点解释 3(P.3) 3(It is only space-or so we think. “so”这里是副词，意为“这样”或“那样”，“确实”等。注意不要与代词“so”的用法相混。 She's got a job，or so she tells me. 她找到了一份工作，或她是这样告诉我的。 Copper conducts electricity，so it does. 铜导电，它确实是这样。 4(The collapse of a star may produce a White Dwarf or a neutron star—a star，whose matter is so dense that it continually shrinks by the force of its own gravity. 关系代词whose引起一个非限定性定语从句，作matter的修饰语，意为这种星的物质。 They also raise deer，whose horns provide valuable medicine.他们还养鹿，其鹿角是珍贵 的药材。 This is George，whose class you will be taking next week.这是乔治，下个周你将要接他的 班。 5(Imagine the earth reduced to the size of a marble，but still having the same mass and a stronger gravitational pull，and you have some idea of the froce of a black hole. 第一个分句是祈使句，相当于“if”引起的条件句，第二个分句应由“，”和“and”连接，意 为“如果你…，你就…”。 Hold a picture of yourself…in your mind's eye ,and you will be drawn toward it. 如果在你自己的心目中树立起一个你自己的形象，你就会向这个形象靠拢。 Picture yourself vividly as defeated，and that alone will make victory impossible. 如果把自己维妙维肖地想象成一个失败者，单这一点就会使胜利化为泡影。 6(There might be a massive black hole at the center of our galaxy swallowing up stars at a very rapid rate. swallowing up …是分词短语作black hole的定语，由at the center of our gallaxy割 裂开来，相当于由which引起的定语从句，即which is swallowing up… The streets were crowded with people out shopping 街道上人满为患，他们都是外出购买 东西的人。 Is there any train I can take leaving here at night and going directly to Beijing? 有没有我能够乘座的晚上在这里发车直达北京的火车? 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.b 2.c 3.a 4.c 5.d ?. 1.inadequate 2.astronomers 3.density 4.shrink 5.intense 6.boundary 7.theory 8.convince 9.invisible 10.speculation ?. 1.density 2.observation，observer，observatory 3.speculation 4.mass 5.region 6.gravitation 7.relativity 8.basis 9.evidence 10.endlessness ?. A 21-year-old Texas City man was charged with theft after police caught him trying to drag a newspaper vending machine toward his running vehicle.When the officer approached， 10 大学英语自学教程(下) the man stopped and acted as if he were reading the newspaper inside.“I was dragging it over here so that I could read the paper better，”he explained. After an officer pointed out that the light was brighter where the machine had been，the man replied，“I read but in the dark.” ?. 1(Astronomers have not yet fully answered the question of what a black hole is. 2(It is believed that a black hole can swallow up any objects like stars near it. 3(The research into black holes is just beginning，and speculations about them are endless. 4(It is still impossible for scientists to say what happens inside a black hole. Black holes would not be so intimidating if we have some idea of them. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.exploded b.exlosion c.explosive 2.a.dense b.densely c.density 3.a.measurable b.measurement c.measured 4.a.basis b.basic c.based d.basically ?. 1.implication 2.gravity 3.boundary 4.interchangeable 5.explode 6.galaxy 7.convincing 8.speculation 9.shrank 10.sucking ?. 1(A black hole exerts a very strong force. 2(His company collapsed because of poor management. 3(Several satellites were launched in our country in the 1980's. 4(Is the medicine operating now? 5(His figure was swallowed up in the dark. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 世界中的世界 First of all let us consider the earth (that is to say, the world) as a planet revolving round the sun. The earth is one of nine planets which move in orbit round the sun. These nine planets, together with the sun, make up what is called our solar system. How this wonderful system started and what kept it working with such wonderful accuracy is largely a mystery but astronomers tell us that it is only one of millions of similar systems in space, and one of the smallest. 我们先来看一下绕太阳运转的行星地球(也就是我们这个世界)。地球是绕太阳轨 道运行的九大行星之一。这九大行星和太阳一起构成了我们所说的太阳系。这个神奇 的星系是怎样起源，以及什么使它如此精确运行仍在相当程度上是个谜。而天文学家 告诉我们，太阳系是太空中亿万个类似星系中的一个，并且是属于最小星系之列。 The stars which we see glittering in the sky on a dark and cloudless night are almost certainly the suns of other solar systems more or less like our own, but they are so far away in space that it is unlikely that we shall ever get to know very much about them. About our own solar system, however, we are learning more every day. 在晴朗的夜空中我们看到的闪烁恒星，基本上都是其他太阳系的太阳，与我们的 太阳很相似，但它们与我们相距十分遥远，要想详细了解它们是不可能的。然而，对 于我们的太阳系，每天我们对它都有新的认识。 Before the American and Russian astronauts made their thrilling journeys into outer space it was difficult for us to realise what our earth looked like from hundreds of thousands of miles away, but the photographs which the astronauts were able to take show us the earth in space looking not very different from what the moon looks like when we 11 大学英语自学教程(下) look at it from the earth. The earth is, however, very different from the moon, which the American astronauts have found to be without life or vegetation, whereas our earth is very much alive in every respect. The moon, by the way, is called a satellite because it goes round our earth as well as round the sun. In other words, it goes round the sun with our earth. 在美国和俄国宇航员进行令人振奋的太空旅行之前，我们很难知道地球从几十万 英里之外看是什么样子。而从宇航员拍的照片来看，从太空中看地球与我们在地球上 看到的月亮的样子没有很大差别，其实地球同月球大不一样。美国宇航员已发现，月 球上没有生命和植物，而地球上的每一个地方都是生机勃勃。顺便提一下，月球也叫 卫星，因为它即绕太阳运行，也绕地球运转，换句话讲，月球随地球一道绕太阳运转。 The surface of our earth is covered by masses of land and larger areas of water. Let us consider the water areas first. The total water area is about three times as large as the land area. The very large separate areas of water are called "oceans” and the lesser areas are called "seas.” 地球表面是大面积的陆地和比陆地面积更大的水域。先让我们来看一下水域。水 域面积大约是陆地面积的三倍，非常大的独立水域称为“洋”，小一些的称为“海”。 In most of the oceans and seas some of the water is found to be flowing in a particular direction -- that is to say, from one part towards another part of the ocean or sea concerned. The water which is flowing in this manner is said to be moving as a "current." There are many thousands of currents in the waters of the oceans and seas, but only certain of the stronger and better marked currents are specially named and of great importance. These currents are important because they affect the climate of the land areas close to where they flow and also because they carry large quantities of microscopic animal and vegetable life which forms a large part of the food for fishes. 人们发现，在大多数的大洋大海里，一部分水会朝某一个方向流动，即从海洋的 一个区域流向另一个区域。这样流动的水体称为“洋流”。在海洋的水域里有成千上 万条洋流，但我们只给某些较为强大和显著的洋流命名，而且这些洋流非常重要。说 它们重要原因之一是这些洋流影响其流经区域的气候，原因之二是洋流夹带着大量的 微生物和植物，是鱼类的食物的主要来源。 The nature and characteristics of the surface of the land areas of the earth vary a great deal from area to area and from place to place. The surface of some areas consists largely of high mountains and deep valleys whilst, in other areas, most of the surface consists of plains. If one made a journey over the Continents one would find every kind of surface including mountain ranges, plains, plateau, deserts, tropical forestlands and empty areas covered permanently by ice and snow. 地球陆地表面的自然形态和特征因地域而变化很大。有些地域的表面多以高山深 谷为主，而另一些地区则大部分是平原。如果到世界各大陆作一番旅行，就会看到地 表的各种形态:山脉、平原、高原、沙漠、热带雨林，还有常年冰雪覆盖的空旷地带。 When thinking and learning about the world we should not forget that our world is the home of a very great many different people -- peoples with different coloured skins, 12 大学英语自学教程(下) living very different lives and having very different ideas about a great many important things such as religion, government, education and social behaviour. 当我们思考和认识这个世界时，不应忘记我们的世界是许多不同民族的家园，他 们具有不同的肤色，过着不同的生活，还有各自不同的对宗教、政府、教育和社会行 为等重要问题的看法; The circumstances under which different people live make a great difference between the way in which they live and the way in which we live, and it ought to be our business to try to understand those different circumstances so that we can better understand people of other lands. Above all, we should avoid deciding what we think about people different from ourselves without first having learned a great deal about them and the kind of lives they have to live. It is true to say that the more we learn about other people, the better we understand their ideas and, as a rule, the better we like those people themselves. 不同人群的生活环境使我们的生活方式与他们的有着很大不同。因此，我们的任 务是应该了解那些不同的环境，以便更好地了解异国的人民;最为重要的是，在没有 首先对他们以及他们必须过着的那种生活有着相当多的认识时，应避免对他们产生想 当然的看法。但可以肯定地说，对别人了解越多，就能更好地理解他们的思想，而且 作为常理，我们就越发喜欢他们。 【课文难点注释】 1(…，but they are so far away in space that it is unlikely that we shall ever get to know very much about them. 这个分句是由“so…that”连接，结果状语从句中又有“it is…that”结构，“ it”是先行主 语，其真正主语是由“that”引起的主语从句，注意不要与强调句相混。 It is unlikely that they will soon start their experiment.他们不可能很快就开始做他们的试 验。 It is likely that he will arrive late. 他极有可能晚到。 2(The earth is，however，very different from the moon，which the American astronauts have found to be without life or vegetation，…. which是关系代词，引导的是非限定性定语从句，指代the moom，在从句中作have found的宾语，这里的which是不能省略的。 The activity was postponed again，which we had been expecting for a long time.这项活动又 延期了，我们期盼这项活动已有很长时间了。 She shows great patience toward children，which her husband seldom has.她对孩子们显示 出极大耐心，她丈夫却极少有此耐心。 3(The total water area is about three times as large as the land area. 这是倍数的表达方式之一，用“as…as”加长、短、宽、窄、大小、多少等形容词或 其他表示程度的副词等。 Line A is twice as long as Line B. A线是B线的两倍长。 This substance reacts three times as fast as the other one.这种物质反应的速度是另一种物 质的三倍。 【课文练习答案】 ?.1.T 2.T 3.T 4.T 5.F 6.F 7.F 8.F 9.F 10.T ?. 1.planets，orbit 2.suns 3.life，vegetation 4.satellite，sun 5.very large， separate，lesser 6.one part，another part 7.nature，characteristics 8.plateaus，deserts，plains 9.religion，government，education，special behaviour， 10.circumstances 【词汇练习答案】 1.cloudless 2.above all 3.concerned 4.largely 5.glitter 6.as a rule 7.unlikely 8.thrilling 9.whereas 10.revolve Unit 3 13 大学英语自学教程(下) 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 安乐死:赞成还是反对 "We mustn't delay any longer ... swallowing is difficult ... and breathing, that's also difficult. Those muscles are weakening too ... we mustn't delay any longer.” “我们千万别再拖下去了„，我吞咽困难，呼吸困难„，那些部位的肌肉一点劲 也没有了 „，千万别再拖了。” These were the words of Dutchman Cees van Wendel de Joode asking his doctor to help him die. Affected with a serious disease, van Wendel was no longer able to speak clearly and he knew there was no hope of recovery and that his condition was rapidly deteriorating. 这是一名叫齐思?范?万德尔?尤德的荷兰人在恳求他的医生帮助他死时说的 话。范?万德尔因身患重病，言语含混不清，他自己也知道根本没有康复的希望，因 为他的病情在迅速恶化。 Van Wendel's last three months of life before being given a final, lethal injection by his doctor were filmed and first shown on television last year in the Netherlands. The programme has since been bought by 20 countries and each time it is shown, it starts a nationwide debate on the subject. 在让医生给自己注射最后一针也是致死一针之前，范?万德尔生命的最后三个月 被拍成了电影，去年在荷兰电视上首次播出。在这之后20个国家先后购买了这套电视 节目，每次播放，都引发了全民对安乐死问题的大讨论。 The Netherlands is the only country in Europe which permits euthanasia, although it is not technically legal there. However, doctors who carry out euthanasia under strict guidelines introduced by the Dutch Parliament two years ago are usually not prosecuted. The guidelines demand that the patient is experiencing extreme suffering, that there is no chance of a cure, and that the patient has made repeated requests for euthanasia. In addition to this, a second doctor must confirm that these criteria have been met and the death must be reported to the police department. 荷兰是欧洲惟一允许安乐死的国家。从技术上讲安乐死不合法，但如果医生按照 两年前荷兰议会制定的严格的指导原则实施安乐死，一般不会受到法律的追究。指导 原则规定:患者正在经受极大的痛苦，没有治愈的可能，患者一再请求实施安乐死。 另外，必须由另外一位医生证明一切都符合上述条件;病员死亡必须向公安机关报告。 Should doctors be allowed to take the lives of others? Dr. Wilfred van Oijen, Cees van Wendel's doctor, explains how he looks at the question: 是否应该允许医生剥夺他人的生命呢?齐思?范?万德尔的医生威尔弗雷?德 范?奥仁医生谈了自己对这个问题的看法: "Well, it's not as if I'm planning to murder a crowd of people with a machine gun. In that case, killing is the worst thing I can imagine. But that's entirely different from my work as a doctor. I care for people and I try to ensure that they don't suffer too much. That's a very different thing.” 14 大学英语自学教程(下) “实施安乐死与我计划用机关枪杀一大群人不能等同，要是那样，我觉得是最恶 毒不过的杀人方式了。作为医生，我这样做与用机关枪杀人绝对不同。我关心人，尽 力不让他们太受罪，实施安乐死完全是另一回事。” Many people, though, are totally against the practice of euthanasia. Dr. Andrew Ferguson, Chairman of the organisation Healthcare Opposed to Euthanasia, says that "in the vast majority of euthanasia cases, what the patient is actually asking for is something else. They may want a health professional to open up communication for them with their loved ones or family -- there's nearly always another question behind the question.” 但许多人坚决反对实施安乐死。“反对安乐死，实施保健护理”组织主席安德 鲁?福格森说:“绝大多数实施安乐死的病例中，患者实际上在要求别的东西，他们 可能是想让保健医护人员替他们与自己心爱的人或家人沟通——几乎是每个问题的背 后总有另外别的问题存在。” Britain also has a strong tradition of hospices -- special hospitals which care only for the dying and their special needs. Cicely Saunders, President of the National Hospice Council and a founder member of the hospice movement, argues that euthanasia doesn't take into account that there are ways of caring for the dying. She is also concerned that allowing euthanasia would undermine the need for care and consideration of a wide range of people: "It's very easy in society now for the elderly, the disabled and the dependent to feel that they are burdens, and therefore that they ought to opt out. I think that anything that legally allows the shortening of life does make those people more vulnerable.” 英国晚期病人收容院有着优良的传统，他们专门护理临终病人，照顾他们的特殊 要求。英国国家收容院理事会主席，收容运动的发起人西西莉?桑德斯争辩说，安乐 死将看护临终病人的方法置之度外。此外，她还担心允许安乐死会使要求护理和得到 人们广泛关怀的念头减少。“在今天的社会里，这会让老年人、残病人和依靠别人生 活的人容易感到自己是负担，因此，他们感到应该从生活中消失掉。我认为任何允许 合法地缩短人的生命的事情，肯定会让人们更加脆弱”。 Many find this prohibition of an individual's right to die paternalistic. Although they agree that life is important and should be respected, they feel that the quality of life should not be ignored. Dr. van Oijen believes that people have the fundamental right to choose for themselves if they want to die: "What those people who oppose euthanasia are telling me is that dying people haven't the right. And that when people are very ill, we are all afraid of their death. But there are situations where death is a friend. And in those cases, why not? 许多人认为剥夺个人死亡之权是生硬专横的。尽管他们赞同生命重要，应该得到 尊重，但他们感到生命的质量也不该忽视。奥仁医生认为，如果人们想死，他们就有 选择的最基本的权力。“那些反对实施安乐死的人们告诉我的是这样的一些话:临终 者没有这个权力，人们病得严重时，我们都要担心他们的死亡;但有时候死亡是个好 事，在这种情况下，为什么不允许他们死呢?” But "why not?" is a question which might cause strong emotion. The film showing Cees van Wendel's death was both moving and sensitive. His doctor was clearly a family friend; his wife had only her husband's interests at heart. Some, however, would argue that it would be dangerous to use this particular example to support the case for 15 大学英语自学教程(下) euthanasia. Not all patients would receive such a high level of individual care and attention. 但是“为什么不允许”是个可能会引起强烈反响的问题。那部反映齐思?范?万 德尔死亡的片子既令人动情又令人敏感。显而易见，他的医生是他家的朋友，他的妻 子也是一心想为她的丈夫好。但有人会说，用这个特殊的事例来为安乐死叫好是危险 的。并非所有的病人都会受到那样的个别护理和关注。 【课文难点注释】 1(Affected with a serious disease，Van Wendel was no longer able to speak clearly„„ affected with„是过去分词短语作状语，相当于一个原因状语从句，它的逻辑主语是 Van Wendel.即Bacause Van Wendel was affected with a serious disease，„ ,例句,Born a countryman，he was bewildered by London. 由于生在乡下， 伦敦使他惊诧不已。 Disappointed at the news，he left his family. 那消息使他失望， 所以他离开了他的家人。 2(Cicely Saunders，President of the National Hospice and a founder member of the hospice movement ，argues that euthanasia doesn't take into account that there are ways of caring for the dying. take„into account 意为考虑„，因宾语是个从句，故把into account提到宾 语之前，以保持句子平衡。类似短语还有take„into consideration。 ,例句,They should take into account that the surroundings need to be protected. 他们应该考虑到环境需要得到保护。 He took into consideration that the patient needed a special care. 他已考虑到那位病人需要特殊的护理。 3(Many find this prohibition of an individual's right to die paternalistic. find是个带复合宾语的动词之一。它的基本结构是find+n.+complement，即find 加宾语，加补足语，类似的动词还有feel，think，make，consider等等。 ,例句,His device made the ways to do things easier. 宾补语他的装置使 做事情的方法更容易些了。 We consider it necessary to do that experiment.我们认为有必要做 那项实验。 4(„“What those people who oppose euthanasia are telling me is that dying people haven't the right. 这是一个复杂句，由what引起的从句作主语，从句里又有另外一个从句，由who 引起修饰people，第三个从句是表语从句，由that引起。 ,例句,What he is telling me(主语从句) is that he has no right to do that(表 语从句). 他告诉我的事是他无权做那事。 We cannot agree with those people who oppose our program(定语从 句).我们不能同意那些反对我们计划的人们。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.c 2.d 3.b 4.d 5.c ?. 1.delay 2.recovery 3.lethal 4.debate 5.permit 6.criterion/criteria(复) 7.majority 8.take „into account 9.undermine 10.vulnerable ?. 1(Dr Wilfred Van Oijen's arguments for euthanasia: a.people have the fundamental right to choose death. b.the practice of euthanasia is quite different from planning to kill a crowd of people with a machine gun. c.sometimes there are situations where death is a friend. 2(Dr Andrew Ferguson's arguments against euthanasia: a.what the patient is actually asking for is something else. b.the patients want a health professional to open up a communication for them with their loved ones or family. 16 大学英语自学教程(下) 3(Guide lines for carrying out euthanasia in the Netherlands: a.the patient is experiencing extreme suffering. b.there is no chance of a cure. c.the patient has made repeated requests for euthanasia. d.a second doctor must confirm that the criteria above have been met and the death must be reported to the police department. ?. After I was sent to Egypt for the Operation Bright Star training program.I saw a weekend pass sightseeing in Cairo.A local offered to take my picture on his camel.“Free，”he said.“No charge.” I thanked him and handed him my camera.The man then shouted a com mand， and his camel sat down，allowing me to board.After taking the whole roll of film，the man said:“That will be $5.” “But you said you would take my picture free.” “Yes，that was free，“he agreed.“But is costs $5 to get you down from the camel. ?. 1(Euthanasia can actually relieve dying people from their suffering. 2(Don't you know that the Netherlands is the only country in Europe which permits the practice of euthanasia? 3(Doctors who are for this view do not mean that they do not care for patients. 4(After the first doctor has diagnosed the disease，the second doctor must confirm the diagnosis. 5(Opponents argue that the patients do not really want to die，and that they might be asking for something esle. 【词汇练习答案】 ?.1(a.considerably b.considerate c.consideration d.considerable 2(a.able b.ability c.unable d.enable e.disabled f.disabled 3(a.Traditional b.tradition c.traditionally ?. 1.weaken 2.opt out 3.deteriorate 4.lethal 5.request 6.debate 7.is/was affected with 8.take into account 9.elderly 10.vulnerable 11.sensitive 12.ensure 13.legal ?. 1(They requested that the prisoners(should)be set free. 2(His talents will ensure his success. 3(They are planning a nationwide debate. 4(He is very sensitive to changes of weather. 5(The quality of his work has been deteriorating in recent years. 6(The pollution of water makes residents vulnerable to diseases. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 不公平的优势 According to the writer Walter Ellis, author of a book called the Oxbridge Conspiracy, Britain is still dominated by the old-boy network: it isn't what you know that matters, but who you know. He claims that at Oxford and Cambridge Universities (Oxbridge for short) a few select people start on an escalator ride which, over the years, carries them to the tops of British privilege and power. His research revealed that the top professions all continue to be dominated, if not 90 per cent, then 60 or 65 per cent, by Oxbridge graduates. 17 大学英语自学教程(下) 作家瓦尔特?埃利斯是《牛津——剑桥帮》一书的作者，他认为英国仍在牛津—— 剑桥老同 学关系网的控制下:一个人懂什么不重要，重要的是他认识谁。他说，在牛 津和剑桥两所大 学(简称牛津——剑桥)求学的少数经过严格选拔的优秀人才一开始 就登上了青云之梯，几年 之后，他们便乘青云之梯登上了特权和权力的顶峰。他的研 究表明，所有最好的职位仍继续由剑桥毕业生把持着，百分比不到90,，也有60,或 65,。 And yet, says Ellis, Oxbridge graduates make up only two per cent of the total number of students who graduate from Britain's universities. Other researches also seem to support his belief that Oxbridge graduates start with an unfair advantage in the employment market. In the law, a recently published report showed that out of 26 senior judges appointed to the High Court last year, all of them went to private schools and 21 of them went to Oxbridge. 然而，埃利斯指出，牛津——剑桥毕业生只占全英国大学毕业生的20,。另外一 些研究似乎也证实了他的这一看法，即牛津——剑桥毕业生在就业市场上从一开始就 拥有不公平的优势。一份新近发表的报告表明，在法律界，去年由高等法院任命的26 名高级法官都上过私立学校，其中21名曾就读过牛津——剑桥。 But can this be said to amount to a conspiracy? Not according to Dr. John Rae, a former headmaster of one of Britain's leading private schools, Westminster: 但这能说明形成了帮派吗?英国最好的私立学校威斯敏斯特学校的前任校长约 翰?雷博士对此持反对看法。 "I would accept that there was a bias in some key areas of British life, but that bias has now gone. Some time ago -- in the 60s and before ?entry to Oxford and Cambridge was not entirely on merit. Now, there's absolutely no question in any objective observer's mind that, entry to Oxford and Cambridge is fiercely competitive." “我承认过去在英国生活的某些重要领域里存在着偏见，但现在这种偏见已不存 在了。在60年代或更早的某个时期，进入牛津或剑桥大学不一定全靠学业成就。现在 毫无疑问，在任何客观的观察者眼里，入牛津和剑桥大学的竞争是异常的激烈。” However, many would disagree with this. For, although over three-quarters of British pupils are educated in state schools, over half the students that go to Oxbridge have been to private, or "public" schools. Is this because pupils from Britain's private schools are more intelligent than those from state schools, or are they simply better prepared? 然而，许多人不同意这种看法。因为尽管英国3/4以上的学生在国立大学接受教 育，但去牛津——剑桥大学读书的学生的半数以上曾上过私立学校，即所谓的“公 学”。这难道是私立学校的学生比那些公立学校的学生更聪明吗?或是就是比他们准备 得更充分吗? On average, about $ 5,000 a year is spent on each private school pupil, more than twice the amount spent on state school pupils. So how can the state schools be expected to compete with the private schools when they have far fewer resources? And how can they prepare their pupils for the special entrance exam to Oxford University, which requires extra preparation, and for which many public school pupils traditionally stay at school and do an additional term? 18 大学英语自学教程(下) 每年每个私立学校的平均费用是五仟英磅，是国立学生的两倍多。所以，如果公 立学校开设的课程少得多，怎么能指望他们与私立学校竞争呢?又怎么能让学生准备好 牛津大学的专门入学考试呢?这个考试需要额外的准备，为此，许多公立学校的学生一 般要在校多学一个学期。 Until recently, many blamed Oxford for this bias because of the university's special entrance exam (Cambridge abolished its entrance exam in 1986). But last February, Oxford University decided to abolish the exam to encourage more state school applicants. From autumn 1996, Oxford University applicants, like applicants to other universities, will be judged only on their A level results and on their performance at interviews, although some departments might still set special tests. 直到最近，许多人还指责大学专门入学考试存有偏见(剑桥大学在1986年废止了 入学考试)。 不过，牛津大学在去年二月决定废止考试，以鼓励更多的国立学生申请入学。自 1996九六年秋，申请就读牛津大学的学生像申请其他大学的学生一样，将只根据他们 中学的A级学业成绩和面试表现来判断录取与否，当然有些系部可能会进行专门的考 试。 However, some argue that there's nothing wrong in having elite places of learning, and that by their very nature, these places should not be easily accessible. Most countries are run by an elite and have centres of academic excellence from which the elite are recruited. Walter Ellis accepts that this is true: 不过，有些人反驳说，设置精英学校没有什么不妥;他们还说，从本质上讲，这 类学校就不应该轻易地可以入学。多数国家是由杰出的人才领导着，并有高水平的人 才集聚的学术中心。瓦尔特?埃利斯认为这一点是正确的。 "But in France, for example, there are something like 40 equivalents of university, which provide this elite through a much broader base. In America you've got the Ivy League, centred on Harvard and Yale, with Princeton and Stanford and others. But again, those universities together -- the elite universities -- are about ten or fifteen in number, and are being pushed along from behind by other great universities like, for example, Chicago and Berkeley. So you don't have just this narrow concentration of two universities providing a constantly replicating elite.” “但比如在法国，有40所水平相当的大学，这些大学通过更宽的基础上培养精英 人才。再比如美国，有“常春藤”联合会，核心是哈佛和耶鲁，其他的还有普林斯顿 和斯坦福大学等等。不过这些大学——一流的大学，加起来总数有10,15所，并且有 芝加哥、伯克利和其他院校紧随其后，这样就不存在集中在两所院校范围狭窄地培养 近亲精英人才的局面了。” When it comes to Oxford and Cambridge being elitist because of the number of private school pupils they accept, Professor Stone of Oxford University argues that there is a simple fact he and his associates cannot ignore: 当谈到牛津大学和剑桥大学因录取私立学校学生数量之多而成为一流大学时，牛 津大学的斯顿教授说，他和他的同事们不能忽视这样一个简单的事实: "If certain schools do better than others then we just have to accept it. We cannot be a place for remedial education. It's not what Oxford is there to do.” 19 大学英语自学教程(下) “如果某些学校做得比别的学校好，我们必须接受这种现实。我们不是进行补习 教育的场所，这不是牛津大学所做的事。” However, since academic excellence does appear to be related to the amount of money spent per pupil, this does seem to imply that Prime Minister John Major's vision of Britain as a classless society is still a long way off. And it may be worth remembering that while John Major didn't himself go to Oxbridge, most of his ministers did. 不过，既然学习优异确实看来与在每个学生身上花的钱有关，那么这似乎在暗示， 首相梅杰要让英国成为无阶级的社会的设想还十分遥远。而且值得注意的是，约翰?梅 杰虽本人没有 【课文难点注释】 1(„network:it isn't what you know that matters，but who you know. 这是由强调句型it isn't„that„和but连接的句子，强调部分是what you know 和who you know，句中的谓语是matters，意为是重要的，有价值的。 ,例句,It is what she said that really matters. 她所说的才是真正重要的。 It is not what he did that really matters. 他做的并不真正重要。 2(In the law a recently published report showed that out of 26 senior judges appointed to the High Court last year„ 这句里的published和appointed都是过去分词，published作report的前置修 饰语 ，appointed作judges的后置修饰语，通常分词短语是后置修饰，而单一的分词 可用作前置 修饰语。 ,例句,What is the suggesed answer? 建议答案是什么? There is a special room reserved for the aged. 有间为老人预定的 专用房间。 3(„，there are something like 40 equivalents of university，„ 这句里的something like 是副词短语，意为大约，有点。 ,例句,The airship was shaped something like a cigar. 那飞船的外型有点 像雪茄。 He left something like ten thousand pounds. 他留下了大约一万英 磅。 4(When it comes to Oxford and Cambridge being elitist because of the number of private school pubils they accept，„。 when it comes to是个习惯用法，意为“当说起„时”，引导的是状语从句，being elitist是动名词，与Oxford和Cambridge组成了动名词短语，作come to的宾语， 动名词短语的逻辑主语，如不是在句子开头可以用普通格，人称代词用宾格，但主语 是无生命的东西时，只能用普通格。 ,例句,I don't like people smoking. 我不喜欢人们抽烟。 Is there any hope of Helen winning the championship? 海伦有没有 获得冠军的希望? 5(And it may be worth remembering that while John Major didn't himself„. worth是介词，意为值得，有价值等，故后跟动名词doing。 ,例句,It is worth discussing this problem. 值得讨论一下这个问题。 ,辨析,be worthy of，这里的worthy是形容词，故后跟of再加动名词或名词。 ,例句,His question is worthy of answer. 他的提问值得答复。 ,辨析,worthwhile，worthwhile是形容词，意为值得花费时间或精力的，可以 用做表语或名词修饰语。 ,例句,That is a worthwhile experiment. 那是一项值得做的实验。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.F 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.T 6.F 7.T 8.T 9.T 10.F ?. 1.Oxford，Cambridge 2.old-body work 3.two 4.bias 5.public 6.A level results，performance 7.easily accessible 8.better prepared 9.Harvard，Yale，Chicago，Berkeley 10.constantly replicating 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.unfair 2.main 3.profession 4.private 5.accessible 20 大学英语自学教程(下) ?. 1.appoint 2.performance 3.equal 4.amount to 5.by nature 6.prime 7.merits 8.competitive 9.Remedial 10.worth 【语法练习答案】 ?. 1.has 2.is 3.are 4.seem 5.is 6.was 7.are 8.were 9.is 10.are 11.is 12.is 13.are 14.am 15.is 16.have 17.has 18.have 19.have 20.was 21.is 22.has 23.speak 24.is 25.races 26.were 27.approve 28.was 29.says 30.appeal 31.are 32.is 33.are 34.was 35.is 36.has 37.are 38.has 39.is 40.is 41.are 42.am 43.are 44.is 45.is 46.have 47.are 48.have 49.has 50.is ?. 1.he 2.our 3.its 4.its 5.her，her 6.their 7.our 8.they 9.his 10.their Unit 4 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 家门口的奴隶制 There are estimated to be more than 20,000 overseas domestic servants working in Britain (the exact figure is not known because the Home Office, the Government department that deals with this, does not keep statistics). Usually, they have been brought over by foreign businessmen, diplomats or Britons returning from abroad. Of these 20,000, just under 2,000 are being exploited and abused by their employers, according to a London-based campaigning group which helps overseas servants working in Britain. 据估计在不列颠工作的外籍家庭佣人有两万之众(确切的数字尚不得而知，因负责 这一事务的政府部门内政部没有做这方面的数字统计)。这些佣人通常都是由在英国的 外商、外交官或从国外回来的英国人带来的。根据一个总部设在伦敦旨在帮助在英国 工作的外国佣人的政治团体的说法，在这两万人中有近两千人正遭受到雇主的剥削和 虐待。 The abuse can take several forms. Often the domestics are not allowed to go out, and they do not receive any payment. They can be physically, sexually and psychologically abused. And they can have their passports removed, making leaving or "escaping" virtually impossible. 虐待有几种形式:家庭佣人常常不允许外出或不给工钱;可以受到肉体、性或精 神方面的虐待，可以被没收护照，使他们根本不可能离开或是“逃跑”。 The sad condition of women working as domestics around the world received much media attention earlier this year in several highly publicised cases. In one of them, a Filipino maid was executed in Singapore after being convicted of murder, despite protests from various quarters that her guilt had not been adequately established. Groups like Anti-Slavery International say other, less dramatic, cases are equally deserving of attention, such as that of Lydia Garcia, a Filipino maid working in London: 今年早些时候，由于几桩广为人知的案件，世界各地女佣人的悲惨处境受到了舆 论界的极大关注。案件之一是一位菲律宾女佣因证明有谋杀罪在新加坡被处死，尽管 各地纷纷抗议，说这名女佣的罪名还不完全成立。像“反奴役国际”这样的组织声称， 其他一些不太显眼的案件也同样值得关注，例如在伦敦工作的菲律宾女佣莉迪亚?加 西亚一案: 21 大学英语自学教程(下) "I was hired by a Saudi diplomat directly from the Philippines to work in London in 1989. I was supposed to be paid $ 120 but I never received that amount. They always threatened that they would send me back to my country.” “1989年，一名沙特外交官直接把我从菲律宾雇到伦敦工作。说好了每月给我120 英镑，但我从来没有拿到那么多，而且他们还常常威胁要把我遣送回国。” Then there is the case of Kumari from Sri Lanka. The main breadwinner in her family, she used to work for a very low wage at a tea factory in Sri Lanka. Because she found it difficult to feed her four children, she accepted a job working as a domestic in London. She says she felt like a prisoner at the London house where she worked: 再就是斯里兰卡的女佣库马里一案。她家主要靠她挣钱维持生活，她曾在一家斯 里兰卡的茶厂工作，收入微薄。因难以养活自己的四个孩子，库马里便同意到英国当 女仆。她说在伦敦那幢房子里做活，感觉像个囚犯: "No days off -- ever, no breaks at all, no proper food. I didn't have my own room; I slept on a shelf with a spad0 of only three feet above me. I wasn't allowed to talk to anybody. I wasn't even allowed to open the window. My employers always threatened to report me to the Home Office or the police.” “没有节假日。甚至没有歇息的时间，也没有一口像样的饭菜。我没有自己的房 间，睡在搁板上，在我上方只有三英尺的空间。不允许我同任何人讲话，甚至连窗户 都不允许我开。我的雇主总是威胁要向内政部或警察局告我的状。” At the end of 1994 the British Government introduced new measures to help protect domestic workers from abuse by their employers. This included increasing the minimum age of employees to 18, getting employees to read and, understand an advice leaflet, getting employers to agree to provide adequate maintenance and conditions, and to put in writing the main terms and conditions of the job (of which the employees should see a copy). 1994年底，英国政府采取了新的措施，以保护家庭佣人不遭受其雇主的虐待。这 些措施包括:把受雇人的最低年龄提高至18岁，让受雇人读懂并理解建议手册，责成 雇主同意提供足够的生活费用和适宜的工作条件，把工作的主要项目和条件形成文学 (受雇人应该看到文字本的复印件)。 However, many people doubt whether this will successfully reduce the incidence of abuse. For the main problem facing overseas maids and domestics who try to complain about cruel living and working conditions is that they do not have independent immigrant status and so cannot change employer. (They are allowed in the United Kingdom under a special concession in the immigration rules which allows foreigners to bring domestic staff with them.) So if they do complain, they risk being deported. 但是，许多人对此能否有效地减少虐待发生仍怀有疑虑。因外籍女佣和家仆想对 恶劣的生活和工作条件提出申诉所面临的主要问题是，他们没有独立的移民身份，因 此不能改换雇主(英国移民法中规定，外国人有携带家仆的特权)。所以，佣人如果真 想抱怨的话，他们就面临着被遣送回国的危险 Allowing domestic workers the freedom to seek the same type of work but with a 22 大学英语自学教程(下) different employer, if they so choose, is what groups like Anti-Slavery International are campaigning the Government for. It is, they say, the right to change employers which distinguishes employment from slavery. 允许家庭佣人有根据自己意愿寻找同种工作但是不同雇主的自由，是“反奴役国 际”这类组织正促使政府去实现的事情。这些组织说，正是有权更换雇主的权力使雇 用与奴役划清了界线。 【课文难点注释】 1(Of these 20，000，just under 2，000 are being exploited and abused by„. being是助动词，在此句构成了被动态的进行时，意为正在„。 ,例句,The problem is being discussed. 那个问题正在讨论之中。 The experiment is being conducted. 实验正在进行之中。 2(„in Singapore after being convicted of murder， despite protesting from various quarters that„. being convicted of murder是动名词短语，作介词after的宾语，相当于由连词 after引 起的状语从句的作用，即:after she was convicted of murder，注意不要 与convince of 相混。 ,例句,After being convicted of fraud，she was put in prison.确认犯有 欺骗罪之后，她被投入监狱。 He made every effort to go on the research after being convinced of his error. 在相信自己的错误之后，他努力继续进行他的研究。 despite是个介词，后接名词，构成介词短语，相当于一个让步状语从句，意为“尽 管，不顾”，与词语in spite of同义，不要把两者混淆。易出现的错误是despite of。 ,例句,He remains modest despite his great achievement. 尽管成绩斐然， 他依然保持谦虚谨慎。 He came to the meeting despite his serious illness. 尽管病情严 重，他仍出席了会议。 3(Allowing domestic„，if they so choose，„ so在此句里是副词，意为这样或那样，来修饰动词choose，不要同so的其他用 法相混淆。 ,例句,She was so employed. 她是这样被雇用的。 If he so decides，he will take responsibility for the result.如 果他是这样决定的，他将会对后果负责任。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.b 2.d 3.c 4.b 5.b ?. 1.diplomats 2.abuse 3.remove 4.quarter 5.guilt 6.hire 7.breadwinner 8.introduce 9.maintenance 10.immigrant ?. 1—i， 2—c， 3—b， 4—e， 5—j， 6—g， 7—h， 8—f， 9—a， 10—d ?. My son gave a party one Saturday night.I was hesitant about having a group of teenagers in our home.but to my surprise，they were all charming .The kids complimented me on my energy，and how young I looked(I was 34).When the partyws over ，I told my son how much I enjoyed his friends and their comments .He smiled and asked if I felt like a teenager again. “Yes”，I responded，“and I felt wonderful.” “I'm glad," he said."By the way，I told everyone that you were 54.” ?. 1(The government department that deals with the matter concerned does not keep statistics. 2(It was because she could not support her family that she accepted a job as a domestic. 3(She was hired by a Saudi diplomat directly from the Philipines to work in London. 4(The working conditions of the domestics have received media attention. 23 大学英语自学教程(下) 5(The employers always threatened that they would sent us back to our country. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.exploited b.exploitation c.exploitable 2.a.execution b.executed c.executive 3.a.employed b.employees c.employment 4.a.immigrants b.immigrated c.immigration ?. 1.status 2.slavery 3.minimum 4.despite 5.diplomat 6.domestic 7.abroad 8.convicted 9.deported 10.incidence 11.supposed 12.deserving ?. 1(The resources should be exploited properly. 2(The order was executed very well. 3(This program deserves (is deserving of)further investigation. 4(We have reduced the expenses to the minimum. 5(I wouldn't believe the news despite what she said. 6(Can such a small boat bring them over to the other side of the river? 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 锁链囚队的复现 Eyewitnesses say it was a scene straight out of a black and white movie from the 1950s. As the sun rose over the fields of Huntsville, Alabama, in the American South, the convicts got down from the trucks that had brought them there. Watched over by guards with guns, they raised their legs in unison and made their way to the edge of the highway, Interstate 65. The BBC's Washington correspondent Clare Bolderson was there and she sent this report: 目击者说，这简直就是50年代某部黑白电影的一幕:太阳升起在美国南部阿拉巴 马州享茨维尔市的田野上，一群罪犯从运送他们的卡车上下来。在持枪卫兵的监视下， 这些囚犯迈着一致的步伐朝州际65号高速公路走去。英国广播公司的驻华盛顿记者克 莱尔?博尔德森就在现场并发回如下报道: "They wore white uniforms with the words "Chain Gang' on their backs and, in groups of five, were shackled together in leg irons joined by an eight-foot chain. The prisoners will work for up to 90 days on the gang: they'll clear ditches of weeds and mend fences along Alabama's main roads. While they are working on the gang, they’ll also live in some of the harshest prison conditions in the United States. There'll be no televisions or phone calls; many other day-to-day privileges will be denied.” “他们穿着背部写有“ChainGang”的白色囚服，他们五人一组，用一条八英尺长 的铁链把腿脚连在一起。这些囚犯要这样连在一起劳动多达90天:他们要清除布满杂 草的排水沟，修复阿拉巴马主干道上的防护栏。在连在一起劳动期间，囚犯们还生活 在美国监狱一些最为恶劣的环境中。他们没有电视，不能接打电话，许多日常生活的 权力也被剥夺。” The authorities in Alabama say there is a lot of support for the re-introduction of chain gangs in the State after a gap of 30 years (the last gangs were abolished in Georgia in the early 1960s). Many people believe it is an effective way to get criminals to pay back their debt to society. 阿拉巴马州当局声称，事隔30年之后，许多人赞成恢复锁链囚队这种刑罚(乔治 亚州在60年代早期废除了最后一支锁链囚队)。许多人认为，这是让罪犯向社会赎罪 24 大学英语自学教程(下) 的有效方法。 The prisoners stay shackled when they use toilets. They reacted sharply to the treatment they are given: 囚犯们去厕所时带着镣铐，他们对遭受的待遇反应强烈: Prisoner one: "This is like a circus. A zoo. All chained here to a zoo. We're all animals now." 囚犯甲说:“这样对待我们就像马戏团，像动物园。所有的人被链子锁在这里， 我们现在都是动物园的动物。” Prisoner two: "It's degrading. It's embarrassing.” Prisoner three: "In chains. It's slavery!" 囚怨乙说:“这让人感到耻辱，这让人感到尴尬。” 囚犯丙说:“戴着铁链，十足的奴隶制!” Six out of every ten prisoners in chains are black, which is why the chain gangs call up images of slavery in centuries gone by, when black people were brought from Africa in leg irons and made to work in plantations owned by white men. Not surprisingly, although three-quarters of the white population of Alabama supports chain gangs, only a small number of black people do. Don Claxton, spokesman for the State Government of Alabama, insists that the system is not racist: 用铁链锁在一起的囚犯60%是黑人，正是因为如此，锁链囚队让人想起过去几百年 前奴隶制的影子:当时黑人们带着脚镣被白人们从非洲带来，强迫他们在白人的种植 园里干活。这不足以为怪，因为阿拉巴马州有3/4的白人赞成带链服刑，而只有一小 部分黑人不反对。阿拉巴马州政府支持这样做。发言人唐?克莱克斯顿坚持认为这种 办法不是种族歧视。 "This isn't something that's done for racial reasons, for political reasons. This is something that's going to help save the people of Alabama tax money because they don't have to pay as many officers to work on the highways. And it's going to help clean up our highways and it's going to help clean up the State.” “这样做并非是种族和政治原因。这样做是为了帮助阿拉巴马州人减少税金，因 为他们不必负担工作在高速公路上那么多的官员。而且，这样做将有利于清理高速公 路的卫生，也有利于清理全州的卫生。” However, the re-introduction of these measures has caused a great deal of strong disagreement. Human rights organizations say that putting prisoners in chains is not only inhumane but also ineffective. Alvin Bronstein, member of the Civil Liberties Union, says that study after study has shown that you cannot prevent people from committing crimes by punishment or the threat of punishment: "What they will do is make prisoners more angry, more hostile, so that when they get out of prison, they will increase the level of their criminal behaviour.” 但是，恢复这些措施招致了许多人的非议。人权组织声称，给囚犯带上锁链既不 人道也不起作用。“公民自由协会”会员阿尔文?布朗斯坦说，一次又一次的研究表 明，用惩罚或用惩罚进行威胁并不能阻止人们犯罪。”用惩罚和用惩罚进行威胁会使 25 大学英语自学教程(下) 罪犯更恼怒，更敌对，结果当他们出狱后，他们会变本加厉地进行犯罪活动。” Civil liberties groups say that chaining people together doesn't solve the causes of crime, such as poverty or disaffection within society. What it does is punish prisoners for the ills of society. They say the practice takes the United States back to the Middle Ages, and that it is a shame to American society. But that’s not an argument likely to win favour among many people in the Deep South of the United States. Alabama's experiment is to be widened to include more prisoners, and other States, such as Arkansas and Arizona, will very probably introduce their own chain gang schemes. “公民自由组织”认为，用锁链将犯人串在一起解决不了犯罪的根源，例如社会 上的贫困与不满，这样做是为社会的罪恶而惩罚罪犯。这些组织说，这种做法把美国 带回到了中世纪时代，是美国社会的耻辱。然而，这种观点不可能赢得美国南方腹地 许多人的赞成。阿拉巴马州的这种尝试将会推广到更多的犯人身上，诸如阿肯色和亚 利桑那等其他四州也很有可能推出自己的锁链囚队的计划。 【课文难点解释】 1(“They wore white uniforms with the words‘Chain Gang'on their backs„” 这是由with加复合结构构成的介词短语，作状语。其复合结构为以下几种形式:名， 介词短语，名，过去分词，名词，现在分词，名词，副词,形容词，名词，动词不定 式短语。 ,例句,He was siting in a chair with his hands folded. 他双手交叉在胸 前坐在椅子上。 With Dick and his wife helping，she moved the wounded soldier at night. 在狄克和他妻子的帮助下，她晚上把伤员转移了。 They are highly mechanized farms，with machinery to do all the work. 它们是高度机械化的农场，所有工作都由机器进行。 2(The prisoners stay shackled when they use toilets. stay用作系动词，后接动词过去分词，表状态，类似的词还有remain，go ，get 等。 ,例句,His effort went unnoticed. 没人注意到他的努力。 The problem remains unsolved.问题仍未解决。 3(„，when black people were brought from Africa in leg irons and made to work in plantations„ made是过去分词，构成被动态，意为迫使，被迫，主动态时后接动词不定式时， 不带“to” ，被动态时则一定要带“to”，这是测试的要点。 ,例句,They were made to work at night. 要他们在夜间工作。 He was made to leave his country. 他被迫离开自己的祖国。 主动态:They made her repeat the story. 他们要她复述那个故事。 4(„What they will do is make prisoners more angry，„what从句作主语表 示强调时，其表语的动词不定式可以不带“to”. ,例句,What he has to do is go there right away. 他必须要做的是立即去 那里。 What the government needs to do is clean up the highways. 政府需要做的是清理一下高速公路。 5(But that's not an argument likely to win favour among„. likely to win„是形容词短语作名词argument的后置定语，相当于which is be likely to win„” ,例句,This seems to be a suggestion likely to win the support from the public. 这似乎是个能赢得舆论界支持的建议。 The children easiest to teach are in Class One. 最好教的孩子在 一班。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.F 2.F 3.T 4.T 5.T 6.F 7.T 8.F 9.T 10.F ?. 26 大学英语自学教程(下) 1(leg irons，chain，groups，day-to-day privileges 2(the harshest，television，phone calls 3(circus，a zoo，slavery 4(six out of every ten 5(racial，political，heling clean up the highways，the State. 6(inhuman，ineffective 7(more angry，more hostile 8.poverty，disaffection within society 8(Middle Ages，shame 9(Deep South，Arkansas，Arizona 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.denied 2.gang 3.prevented 4.an argument 5.punishment ?. 1.degrading 2.called up 3.liberty 4.in unison 5.union Unit 5 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 新 音 乐 The new music was built out of materials already in existence: blues, rock'n'roll, folk music. But although the forms remained, something completely new and original was made out of these older elements -- more original, perhaps, than even the new musicians themselves yet realize. The transformation took place in 1966--1967. Up to that time, the blues had been an essentially black medium. Rock'n'roll, a blues derivative, was rhythmic dance music. Folk music, old and modern, was popular among college students. The three forms remained musically and culturally distinct, and even as late as 1965, none of them were expressing any radically new states of consciousness. Blues expressed black soul; rock was the beat of youthful energy; and folk music expressed anti-war sentiments as well as love and hope. 新音乐是在已有的音乐素材上发展起来的:它们是布鲁斯音乐、摇滚乐、美国民 间音乐。 新音乐虽然保留了原有的形式，但却在上述几种较老的形式上推出了全新的， 具有独创性的内容，其创新的力度连新音乐家们自己也始料不及。这种革新是发生 1966,1967年。在那之前，布鲁斯音乐一直是黑人表达忧伤情感的主要形式。由布鲁 斯音乐派生出的摇滚乐是富有节奏感的舞曲音乐，民间音乐无论是老歌还是新曲颇受 大学生的欢迎。这三种音乐从音乐和文化的角度来看都特色鲜明。直到1965年，三种 音乐都没有反映出全新的意识形态。布鲁斯音乐表达的是黑人的思想情感;摇滚乐表 现的是青年人的勃勃活力;民间音乐则表达的是反战情感和爱与希望。 In 1966 -- 1967 there was spontaneous transformation. In the United States, it originated with youthful rock groups playing in San Francisco. In England, it was led by the Beatles, who were already established as an extremely fine and highly individual rock group. What happened, as well as it can be put into words, was this. First, the separate musical traditions were brought together. Bob Dylan and the Jefferson Airplane played folk rock, folk ideas with a rock beat. White rock groups began experimenting with the blues. Of course, white musicians had always played the blues, but essentially as imitators of the Negro style; now it began to be the white bands’ own music. And all of the groups moved towards a broader eclecticism and synthesis. They freely took over elements from jazz, from American country music, and as time went on from even more diverse sources. What developed was a music readily taking on various forms and capable of an almost 27 大学英语自学教程(下) limitless range of expression. 1966,1967年音乐发生了自发性转变。在美国，这种转变起源于在旧金山演出的 充满青春气息的摇滚乐队;在英国，皮头士(甲壳虫)乐队则是这场变革的领头羊，此 时它已发展成非常优秀的极具个性的摇滚乐队。当时发生的情景，如用语言可能表达 出来是这样的:首先是将分类的音乐流派融合在一起，鲍勃?狄伦和杰弗逊飞机乐队 演奏了民间摇滚乐，一种伴有摇滚节奏的民间音乐。白人摇滚乐队开始尝试演奏布鲁 斯音乐。当然，在这之前白人乐手经常演奏布鲁斯，但基本上是模仿黑人的风格。但 这时这种融合演奏开始成为白人乐队自己的音乐。所有这些乐队都向更宽的折中和相 互融合的方向发展，他们随意继承了爵士乐与美国乡村音乐的成分，随着时间的推移， 他们借鉴了甚至更多种类的素材，发展成为一种形式丰富多彩、表现内容几乎无所不 能的音乐。 The second thing that happened was that all the musical groups began using the full range of electric instruments and the technology of electronic amplifiers. The electric guitar was an old instrument, but the new electronic effects were altogether different -- so different that a new listener in 1967 might well feel that there had never been any sounds like that in the world before. Electronics did, in fact, make possible sounds that no instrument up to that time could produce. And in studio recordings, new techniques made possible effects that not even an electronic band could produce live. Electronic amplifiers also made possible a fantastic increase in volume, the music becoming as loud and penetrating as the human ear could stand, and thereby achieving a "total" effect, so that instead of an audience of passive listeners, there were now audiences of total participants, feeling the music in all of their senses and all of their bones. 发生的第二件事是所有的乐队都开始使用全套的电子乐器和电子扩音技术。电子 吉他是件老式的乐器，但同新的电子音响合在一起效果截然不同，使一位1967年新听 到这种音响的听众觉得，世界上以前可能从未有过这样的声音。的确，电子技术使这 种声响成为可能，直到那时，没有任何乐器能够奏出这样的声音。在录音室制作录音 时，新技术能制作出甚至电子乐队现场表演都演奏不出的效果。电子放大器能让音量 有惊人的增大，使音乐变得尽量响和有穿透力，而人耳又能够承受，以此来实现“整 体”效果。所以，听众不再是被动的听众，而是全身心参与的听众，感受到音乐正撼 动着他们每一处神经和每一根筋骨。 Third, the music becomes a multi-media experience; a part of a total environment. The walls of the ballrooms were covered with changing patterns of light, the beginning of the new art of the light show. And the audience did not sit, it danced. With records at home, listeners imitated these lighting effects as best they could, and heightened the whole experience by using drugs. Often music was played out of doors, where nature provided the environment. 第三，音乐成了多媒体的体验，音乐成为整个场景的一部分，舞厅墙壁上的灯光 变幻不定，灯光表演这种新艺术就是这样开始的。听众们不是翘首而坐，而是边听边 舞。随着家庭有了唱盘，听众就尽力去模仿这种照明效果，甚至用药物来强化这种整 体感受。通常音乐在户外演奏，在户外，大自然提供了这种环境。 【课文难点注释】 1(Folk music，old and modern，was popular among college students. 形容词短语作状语，相当于一个让步状语从句，即whether it was old and modern. ,例句,Coal miners ，old and young，all went on strike.矿工们无论是年 轻的还是年老的都参加了罢工。 28 大学英语自学教程(下) All the machines，old and new，will be on sale.所有的机器无论是 旧的还是新的都将出售。 1(„a new listener in 1967 might well feel that there had never been„. might/may well do„，是习惯用法，意为很可能会，有理由，值得„等。 ,例句,They might well do that experiment. 他们可能会做那个实验。 He might well think that nothing had happened. 他可能会认为什么 也没发生过。 3(Electronic amplifiers also made possible a fantastic increase in volume ， the music becoming as loud„，the music becoming as loud„， 是个独立结构， 逻辑主语为the music，becoming是其逻辑谓语，相当于一个状语从句，这种结构的 主语与主句的主语不一致，其逻辑谓语可以是分 词，也可以是形容词、副词、介词短 语等。 ,例句,The old man sat down，his face pale with pain(介词短语). The meeting over，everyone went out. People were seen in holiday dresses， their faces shining with smiles 现在分词).看到人们穿着节日的服装，笑容满面。 They had to live in the open，the storm having destroyed their house 现在分词).他们不得不住在露天，暴雨把他们的房子冲毁了。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.d 2.a 3.b 4.d 5.b ?. 1.original 2.transformation 3.distinct 4.spontaneous 5.individual 6.essentially 7.diverse 8.live 9.imitate 10.out of doors ?. 1.maintenance 2.spontaneity 3.popularity 4.expression 5.rhythm 6.distinction 7.penetration 8.immigration 9.transformation 10.synthesis ? 1(a.blues b.rock’n roll c.folk music 2(a.an essentially black medium b. rhythmic dance music c. popular among college students 3(a.In the United States，it originated with youthful rock groups playing in San Francisco. b. In England，it was led by the Beetles，who were already established as an extremely fine and highly individual rock group. 4(a.The separate musical traditions were brought together. b.All the musical groups began using full range of electric instruments and the technology of electronic amplifiers. c. The music becomes a multi-media experience;a part of total environment. ?. 1(The new music was built out of the three forms of music in existence . 2(Rock'n roll，with its strong beat was popular among young people. 3(The Beetles were a famous rock group in England. 4(The modern music stresses the participation of the audience and listeners in the performance. 5(Electronic amplifiers made the music penetrating. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.music b.musical c.musically d.musician 2.a.conscious b.Consciousness c.consciously 3.a.limited b.limits c.limitation d.limitless 4.a.original b.originated c.originality ?. 1.synthesis 2.studio 3.spontaneous 4.readily 5.passive 6.multimedia 7.distinct 8.sentiment 9.anti-war 10.eclecticism 29 大学英语自学教程(下) ?. 1(This chapter is on the transformation of heat energy into dynamic energy. 2(A crowd of people gathered spontaneously on the spot of the accident. 3(The quarrel originated from misunderstanding. 5(The troops took over this city since 1949. 6(You should not take on so much work for the sake of your health. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 不同类型的作曲家 I can see three different types of composers in musical history, each of whom creates music in a somewhat different fashion. 在我看来，音乐史上有三类不同的作曲家，他们都以各自不同的方式创作音乐作 品。 The type that has fired public imagination most is that of the spontaneously inspired composer -- the Franz Schubert type, in other words. All composers are inspired, of course, but this type is more spontaneously inspired. Music simply wells out of him. He can't get it down on paper fast enough. You can almost tell this type of composer by his fruitful output. In certain months, Schubert wrote a song a day. Hugo Wolf did the same. 最能激发公众想象力的作曲家是靠灵感即兴创作的类型，即弗朗兹?舒伯特型。 当然，所有的作曲家都受灵感的启迪，但舒伯特型的作曲家得到的即兴灵感更多一些。 音乐就像泉水从他的心中喷涌而出，多得他都来不及迅速地把乐谱记到纸上。我们通 常可以根据曲作多产来判断这一类型的作曲家。在某些月份里，舒伯特日作一歌;雨 果?伍尔夫也是如此。 In a sense, men of this kind begin not so much with a musical theme as with a completed composition. They invariably work best in the shorter forms. It is much easier to improvise a song than it is to improvise a symphony. It isn't easy to be inspired in that spontaneous way for long periods at a stretch. Even Schubert was more successful in handling the shorter forms of music. The spontaneously inspired man is only one type of composer, with his own limitations. 从某种意义上说，这类作曲家与其说是从某一音乐主题开始创作，倒不如说一开 始他们就有一个完整的作品。他们总是对较短篇作曲创作最擅长。即兴创作一首歌曲 要比即兴创作一部交响乐容易得多。连续长时间靠灵感进行即兴创作不是件容易事， 即使舒伯特也是在处理较短篇形式的音乐更得心应手。靠灵感进行即兴创作只是作曲 家的一种类型，并具有其自身的局限性。 Beethoven belongs to the second type -- the constructive type, one might call it. This type serves as an example of my theory of the creative process in music better than any other, because in this case the composer really does begin with a musical theme. In Beethoven's case there is no doubt about it, for we have the notebooks in which he put the themes down. We can see from his notebooks how he worked over his themes -- how he would not let them be until they were as perfect as he could make them. Beethoven was not a spontaneously inspired composer in the Schubert sense at all. He was the type that begins with a theme; makes it a preliminary idea; and upon that composes a musical work, day after day, in painstaking fashion. Most composers since Beethoven's day belong to 30 大学英语自学教程(下) this second type. 贝多芬属于第二种类型，我们可以称之为创立型作曲家。这类作曲家可以作为例 子，更好地说明我们的创作过程的理论，因为他们确实是以音乐主题开始构思的。就 贝多芬来说，无疑就是从这样的音乐主题开始的，我们仍保留着他记录音乐主题的笔 记本。从他的笔记中，我们可以了解他是怎样反复修改他的音乐主题——他是怎样尽 量使他的音乐主题完美才肯罢休的。贝多芬不是舒伯特式的即兴灵感型的作曲家，他 是从音乐主题开始的那种类型，再使其成为初步创立型，然后再根据这一构思，日复 一日地苦干，写出一部音乐作品。贝多芬时期以来的多数作曲家都属于第二种类型。 The third type of composer I can only call, for lack of a better name, the traditionalist type. Men like Palestrina and Bach belong in this category. They both are characteristic of the kind of composer who is born in a particular period of musical history, when a certain musical style is about to reach its fullest development. It is a question at such a time of creating music in a well-known and accepted style and doing it in a way that is better than anyone has done it before you. 第三种类型的作曲家，因缺少更好的称谓，我只好称之为传统型作曲家。帕莱斯 特里纳和巴赫属于这一类型。他们二人都是诞生在音乐史某一时期的代表作曲家。在 这一时期某种音乐风格即将发展到其鼎盛阶段。这个时期的问题是用人们熟悉的认可 的风格创作音乐，并用一种比任何前人更好的方法来创作音乐。 The traditionalist type of composer begins with a pattern rather than with a theme. The creative act with Palestrina is not the thematic conception so much as the personal treatment of a well-established pattern. And even Bach, who composed forty-eight of the most various and inspired themes in his Well Tempered Clavichord, knew in advance the general formal mold that they were to fill. It goes without saying that we are not living in a traditionalist period nowadays. 传统派作曲家是从主调而不是从主题开始创作的。帕莱斯特里纳的创作不是主旋 律概念，而是对确定好的格调进行个人处理。甚至巴赫事先已知道，他创作的风格各 异最具有灵感的48首《平均律钢琴曲》是填入这种总的正式模式的。不言而喻，我们 现在已不是生活在传统派的时期了。 One might add, for the sake of completeness, a fourth type of composer -- the pioneer type: men like Gesualdo in the seventeenth century, Moussorgsky and Berlioz in the nineteenth, Debussy and Edgar Varese in the twentieth. It is difficult to summarize the composing methods of so diversified a group. One can safely say that their approach to composition is the opposite of the traditionalist type. They clearly oppose conventional solutions of musical problems. In many ways, their attitude is experimental ?they seek to add new harmonies, new sonorities, new formal principles. The pioneer type was the characteristic one at the turn of the seventeenth century and also at the beginning of the twentieth century, but it is much less evident today. 为了全面起见，还可以加上第四种类型的作曲家——开拓型作曲家，如17世纪的 杰苏阿尔多，19世纪的穆索尔斯其和柏辽兹，以及20世纪的德彪西和埃德加?瓦雷兹。 概括这样一个多样复杂群体的作曲方法是困难的，但可以肯定地说，他们的作曲方法 与传统派型作曲家的恰恰相反。他们明确地反对用常规的方法解决音乐方面的问题。 在许多方面，他们的态度是探索性的——他们力图增加新的合声，新的音色，并力图 31 大学英语自学教程(下) 创立新的正规音乐理论。开拓型作曲家在17世纪之交和20世纪初期曾是特点突出的典型，但现在其特点已远不如从前那么明显了。 【课文难点注释】 1(„I can see three different types of composers in musical history， each of whom creates music in a somewhat different fashion. whom是个关系代词，代指three different types of composers，引导的是一个非限定性定语从句，作介词宾语时，代词是宾格，作动词宾语也要用宾格，如是指物，一定要用代词which，见第三页注释No.3 ,例句,There are 2，000 workers in this factory，of whom 800 are college graduates. 这家工厂有2000名工人，其中800名是大学毕业生。 There were three groups of children he was supposed to teach， each of whom would be taught at different levels. 有三组孩子要他来教，他们当中的每一组将要从不同的程度教起。 2(It is a question at such a time of creating music in a well-known and accepted style„ at such a time是介词短语，在句中作状语，把question的修饰语 of creating „割裂开了，注意such在此处是形容词，当修饰可数名词单数时such要置于不定冠词a/an之前。 ,例句,He got here on such an occasion. 他在这样一种场合到达这里的。 She gave him such a great surprise. 她给了他一个如此大的惊喜。 3(One can safely say that their approach to composition is the opposite of„ approach是个名词，意为方法，如是做某事的方法，后接介词“to”，作道路讲 时也用介词to，这也是常测试的重点，类似的词还有:way，method，solution，answer，key等。 ,例句,All the approaches to the palace were guarded by soldiers.所有通往王宫的路都由士兵把守着。 That is a good solution to the problem. 那是解决这个问题的好方法。 4(The creative act with Palestrian is not the thematic conception so much as the personal treatment of a well-established pattern. 这里的not„so much as意为“与其说„不如说„”，或“不是„，而是„。 ,例句,He is not so much a writer as a re porter.与其说他是个作家，倒不如说他是个记者。 He is not so much unintelligent as uneducated. 说他不聪明，还不如说是未受教育。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.T 6.T 7.F 8.T 9.T 10.F ?. 1(the spontaneously inspired(Franz Schubert)type，the constructive type，the tranditionalist type 2(Well 3(completed composition，musical theme 4(shorter，a stretch 5.creative，musical theme 5(notebooks/case 6(preliminary 7(pattern，theme 8(for the sake of 9(harmonies，sonorities，formal principles 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a 2.b 3.b 4.b 5.a ?. 1.invariably不变地 variable易变的，变量 variety各种各样 various 各种各样的 2.creative创造性的 create创造 creation创造 3.composer作曲家 compose作曲，写作 composition 作曲，作文 4.characteristic典型的，有特征的 character品质，特性，人物 32 大学英语自学教程(下) characterize刻画，表现，塑造 characterization刻画，塑造 5.diverse多种多样的，不同的 diversified多样化了的，不同的 diversify 使„多样化 diversity多样化，多种多样 6.tradition传统，习俗 tradtional传统的 tradtionalist传统主义者， 传统派 7.construct建设，建造 constructive建设性的，积极的 construction建设， 修筑，建筑物 8.fruit水果，果实，成果 fruitful硕果累累的，多产的 fruitless不结果 的，无收效的 【语法练习答案】 ?. 1(Young as she was，she was quite experienced in this work. 2(Hard as they tried，they couldn't find a solution to this problem. 3(Little did they realize that they had made an important discovery in science. 4(No sooner had we put down the receiver than the telephone rang again. 5(Hardly did I expect that his condition would turn for the worse. 6(Not only should we work hard ourselves，we should also get other people interested in the work. 7(Not until you talked with him did he realize the seriousness of his mistake. 8(Never did he expect that the project would be completed so soon. 9(Rarely did we see anyone so devoted as she to medical science. 10(Scarcely had she said the words when she began to regret it. 11(Ahead of us lie many difficulties. 12(Far in the distance lay ranges of mountains covered with forests. 13(Next to him stood Edgar Snow. 14(Standing in the doorway was a young man in blue uniform. 15.Out rushed the man and his wife. ?. A:1.The second point I'll explain later. 2.This one I shall send by ordinary mail. 3.All these we shall take into full account. 4.What you've just said，I'll always keep in mind. 5.This we shall understand. B:1.The time has now come to put an end to this practice. (修饰the time) 2.The question will arise of how to prevent air pollution. (修饰the question) 3.The belief is commonly held that Englishmen are more reserved than Americans. (修饰the belief) 4.A list will be sent to you of the major items they have produced. (修饰a list) 5.The order soon came that we have to leave the small town immediately. (修饰order) ?. 1(He likes sports very much.So does his child. 2(She did not like this idea.Nor did her husband. 3(Only in this way can we expect to do our work well. 4(Not until in 1990 did I know he was a teacher of English. 5(Never has any country made so great an effort to develop industry . 6(Not far away from the bridge was a tall building. 7(Not only did they work hard，but they worked very well. 8(Before us were walking a crowd of Young Pioneers. 9(Had I been informed earlier，I would have been of help. 10(I worked in a small factory in Wuxi last year. Unit 6 第一部分 Text A 33 大学英语自学教程(下) 【课文译文】 利用机器人技术提高工业效率 Robots, becoming increasingly prevalent in factories and industrial plants throughout the developed world, are programmed and engineered to perform industrial tasks without human intervention. 机器人，发达国家工厂里越来越普及的一种设备，经过编程和工程设计就可以不 需人工干预而完成各种工业作业。 Most of today's robots are employed in the automotive industry, where they are programmed to take over such jobs as welding and spray painting automobile and truck bodies. They also load and unload hot, heavy metal forms used in machines casting automobile and truck frames. 现在的机器人大多用在汽车工业中，它们按编好的程序接任了汽车和卡车车身的 焊接和喷漆这一类的工作。它们也装卸浇铸汽车和卡车框架的机器中所用的炽热、笨 重的金属铸模。 Robots, already taking over human tasks in the automotive field, are beginning to be seen, although to a lesser degree, in other industries as well. There they build electric motors, small appliances, pocket calculators, and even watches. The robots used in nuclear power plants handle the radioactive materials, preventing human personnel from being exposed to radiation. These are the robots responsible for the reduction in job-related injuries in this new industry. 在汽车工业上,机器人已经取代了人的工作。现在其他工业行业中也开始使用机器 人。在这些行业中,机器人生产电机、小型电器、袖珍式计算器,甚至还造手表。运用 在核电站的机器人处理放射性物质,使核电站工作人员免遭核辐射的伤害。这些机器人 可以减少这一新型工业中与工作有关的伤害。 What makes a robot a robot and not just another kind of automatic machine? Robots differ from automatic machines in that after completion of one specific task, they can be reprogrammed by a computer to do another one. As an example, a robot doing spot welding one month can be reprogrammed and switched to spray painting the next. Automatic machines, on the other hand, are not capable of many different uses; they are built to perform only one task. 是什么使得机器人是机器人而不是别的什么自动化机器呢?机器人与自动化机器 的区别在于它们在完成一项特定任务后可由计算机重新编程去执行另一项任务。例如， 一个做点焊的机器人做了一个月，可以被重新编程让它下个月去喷漆。相反，自动化 机器无法进行多用途使用，它们造出来就只能做一种工作。 The next generation of robots will be able to see objects, will have a sense of touch, and will make critical decisions. Engineers skilled in microelectronics and computer technology are developing artificial vision for robots. With the ability to "see", robots can identify and inspect one specific class of objects out of a stack of different kinds of materials. One robot vision system uses electronic digital cameras containing many rows of light-sensitive materials. When light from an object such as a machine part strikes the 34 大学英语自学教程(下) camera, the sensitive materials measure the intensity of light and convert the light rays into a range of numbers. The numbers are part of a grayscale system in which brightness is measured in a range of values. One scale ranges from 0 to 15, and another from 0 to 255. The 0 is represented by black. The highest number is white. The numbers in between represent different shades of gray. The computer then makes the calculations and converts the numbers into a picture that shows an image of the object in question. It is not yet known whether robots will one day have vision as good as human vision. Technicians believe they will, but only after years of development. 下一代机器人将会有视觉，有触觉，还会做分析性判断。精通微电子技术和计算 机技术的工程技术人员正在为机器人开发人工视觉。机器人有了“视力”，就能从一 堆不同的物体中识别和检查某一类的物品。机器人的视觉系统中使用了含有许多种光 敏材料的电子数码相机。当一件物体如机械零件的光照射到相机上时，光敏材料就测 量光的强度然后把光线转化成一系列的数码。这些数码是一个灰度系统的一部分，光 的亮度在灰度系统里是以一定范围的数值来测量的。一级灰度值从0到15，而另一级 灰度值则从0到225。0代表黑，最大值是白，在中间的数值代表不同的灰度。然后计 算机进行计算，并将数字转换成一幅表明该物体形象的图像。现在，还不知道将来的 机器人能否具有和人一样的视觉。技术人员相信会有那么一天，只是还要经过数年的 开发研究。 Engineers working on other advances are designing and experimenting with new types of metal hands and fingers, giving robots a sense of touch. Other engineers are writing new programs allowing robots to make decisions such as whether. to discard defective parts in finished products. To do this, the robot will also have to be capable of identifying those defective parts. 在其他方面努力取得进展的工程人员正在设计和实验新型金属手臂和手指，使机 器人具有触觉。还有一些技术人员在编写新的程序，使机器人能够作出判断，例如剔 除成品中的坏零件。要想实现这一点，机器人还需要有识别坏零件的能力。 These future robots, assembled with a sense of touch and the ability to see and make decisions, will have plenty of work to do. They can be used to explore for minerals on the ocean floor or in deep areas of mines too dangerous for humans to enter. They will work as gas station attendants, firemen, housekeepers, and security personnel. Anyone wanting to understand the industry of the future will have to know about robotics. 未来的机器人将集触觉、视觉和判断能力于一身，其工作的范围更为广阔。人们 可以利用它们到海底、到人不能进去的危险矿区探矿。它们可以充当加油站服务员、 消防队员、看门人、保安员等等。想要了解未来工业的人应该对机器人有所了解。 【课文难点注释】 1(Robots ，becoming increasingly prevalent in factories and industrial pl ants throughout the developed world，are programmed and engineered to perform industrial tasks without human intervation. becoming„the developed world”是一个现在分词短语作定语,相当于一个非限 制性定语从句。 “to perform industrial tasks”是动词不定式短语，用作目的状语。 ,例句,The young man，sitting between John and Mary，is a teacher.坐在 约翰和玛丽之间的年轻人是一名教师。 2(It is not yet known whether robots will one day have vision as good as human vision. 35 大学英语自学教程(下) whether引导的主语从句是句子的真正主语，it作形式主语。 ,例句,It is not very important whether he will come or not.他来不来不 太重要。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.a 2.c 3.c 4.c 5.b ?. 1.prevalent 2.welding 3.appliance 4.switch 5.artificial 6.identify 7.convert 8.discard 9.defective 10.assemble ?. 1.f 2.d 3.b 4.j 5.c 6.i 7.e 8.g 9.h 10.a ?. 1.not 2.use 3.sign 4.one 5.means 6.end 7.him ?. 1(The use of robots has been increasingly prevalent in recent years. 2(The newly developed robots have the sense of vision ，which allows them to see objects，and the ability of making decisions. 3(Robots are widely used in automotive industry. 4(Both light-sensitive materials and digital cameras are part of photographic equipment. 5(Robots differ greatly from automatic machines. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.efficiency b.efficient c.efficiently 2.a.has increased b.increasingly c.increasing 3.a.completely b.completed c.completion 4.a.intensify b.intensity c.intensive d.intense ?. 1.reduction 2.shade 3.appliance 4.prevalent 5.personnel 6.defective 7.specific 8.capable of 9.in between 10.asembled 11.expose ?. 1(At the critical moment，we should be capable of facing all difficulties. 2(After considering the problem，they switched their attention to other things. 3(Spray painting on the desks. 4(We should expose children to new ideas. 5(We have plenty of natural resources. 6(He is critical of her ignorance of the law. 7(He switched from one job to another in the past three years. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 预报地震 Can earthquakes be predicted? Scientists are working on programs to predict where and when an earthquake will occur. They hope to develop an early warning system that can be used to forecast earthquakes so that lives can be saved. 地震可以预报吗?科学家们正在对预报地震在何时何地发生进行研究。他们希望开 发一套早期报警系统来预报地震，挽救生命。 Earthquakes are the most dangerous and deadly of all natural events. They occur in many parts of the world. Giant earthquakes have been recorded in Iran, China, Guatemala, Chile, India, and Alaska. Two of the biggest earthquakes that were ever recorded took place in China and Alaska. These earthquakes measured about 8.5 on the Richter Scale. The Richter Scale was devised by Charles Richter in 1935, and compares the energy level of earthquakes. An earthquake that measures a 2 on the scale can be felt hut causes little 36 大学英语自学教程(下) damage. One that measures 4.5 on the scale can cause slight damage, and an earthquake that has a reading of over 7 can cause major damage. It is important to note that a reading of 4 indicates an earthquake ten times as strong as one with a reading of 3.Scientists want to be able to predict those earthquakes that have a reading of over 4 on the Richter Scale. 地震是最危险、最致命的自然界的活动。它们发生在世界的许多地方。伊朗、中 国、危地马拉、智利、印度和阿拉斯加都有发生大地震的记录。有记录的两次最强的 地震分别发生在中国和阿拉斯加，震级都在里氏8.5级左右。里氏震级是1935年由查 尔斯?里克特创制的，用以表达地震产生的能量级。里氏震级测定为2级的地震，人 们可以感觉到，但几乎造不成破坏。里氏4.5级地震能造成破坏，但比较轻。里氏7 级地震造成的破坏就很大了。有一点值得注意:如果一次地震的里氏震级定为4级， 那么该地震的强度比定为里氏3级的地震大九倍。科学家们希望能预报里氏4级以上 的地震。 How do earthquakes occur? Earthquakes are caused by the shifting of rocks along cracks, or faults, in the earth's crust. The fault is produced when rocks near each other are pulled in different directions. The best-known fault in North America is the San Andreasfault in the state of California in the United States. 地震是怎样发生的呢?地震是由沿着地壳中的裂缝，或称断层处的岩石发生位移而 引起的。当相邻的岩石被拉向相反方向时，就产生了断层。众所周知的北美洲的断层 是位于美国加利福尼亚的圣安德里亚斯断层。 The nations that are actively involved in earthquake prediction programs include Japan, China, Russia, and the United States. These countries have set up seismic networks in areas of their countries where earthquakes are known to occur. These networks are on the alert for warning signs that show the weakening of rock layers that can precede an earthquake. Many kinds of seismic instruments are used by the networks to monitor the movements of the earth's crust. The scientists also check water in deep wells. They watch for changes in the water level and temperature that are associated with movement along faults. 致力于地震预报研究的国家有日本、中国、俄国和美国。这些国家在认为可能发 生地震的地区建起了地震台网。这些地震台网一直处于戒备状态，搜寻着震发前岩层 松动的迹象。地震台网使用多种地震仪来监视地壳的活动。科学家们还检测深井里的 水，观察与断层移动相关的水位及温度的变化。 Scientists in China, Russia, and the United States measure radon in ground water. Radon is a gas that comes from the radioactive decay of radium in rocks. The gas flows through the ground and dissolves in underground streams and wells. Scientists speculate that the amount of radon increases in the ground when rocks layers shift, exposing new rock, and thus more radon. Chinese and Russian scientists have reported that in places where stress is building up, the radon levels of the water build up too. When the radon levels of the water subside and drop back to normal readings, an earthquake may occur. United States scientists have also placed radon monitoring stations in earthquake zones, particularly California. However, all the scientists agree that more data is necessary to prove that radon levels in water are associated with the possible birth of an earthquake. 37 大学英语自学教程(下) 中、俄、美三国的科学家还测定地下水中氡的含量。氡是岩石中放射性元素镭衰 变时产生的气体。这些气体从地层中逸出，在地下水流和井水中溶解。科学家们认为， 当岩层移动时，地下氡的含量就会增加。有新岩层露出时，氡会增加更多。中俄科学 家曾报告说:地下压力增加时，水中氡的含量也会增加;当水中氡的含量下降并恢复 到正常水平时，就可能发生地震。美国科学家已在地震带，尤其在加利福尼亚建立了 氡监测站。不过，科学家们都一致认为，需要有更多的资料才能证明:水中氡的含量 是否真与可能发生的地震有联系。 Earthquake prediction is still a young science. Everyone agrees that earthquakes cannot be predicted with any reliability. Scientists have only a partial understanding of the physical processes that cause earthquakes. Much more research has to be done. New and more up-to-date methods have to be found for collecting earthquake data and analyzing it. However, scientists have had some success in predicting earthquakes. Several small earthquakes were predicted in New York State, in the eastern part of the United States. Chinese scientists predicted a major one in Haicheng in 1975, and Russian scientists predicted a major one in Garm in 1978. While this is a small start, it is still a beginning. 地震预报还是一门年轻科学。大家都认为对地震的预报不可能有把握。原因是科 学家们对引发地震的物理过程远未充分了解，还需要做大量的研究工作。需要新的更 为先进的方法来收集、分析有关地震的数据资料。但在地震预测方面，科学家们还是 取得了一定的成就。美国东部纽约州发生的几次小地震被成功地预报了;中国科学家 成功地预报了1975年的海城大地震;1978年，俄国科学家预报了加尔姆大地震。起步 虽小，但毕竟是一个开端。 【课文难点注释】 1.It is important to note that a reading of 4 indicates a n earthquake ten times as strong as one with a reading of 3. It is important to note„是一个动词不定式作真实主语而It作形式主语的句 型 ,例句,It is important to remember what the teacher said.记住那位老师 所说的话很重要。 that引导的是一个作note宾语的从句。在这个从句中有一个倍数比较级句型，即 “倍数+as+形容词或副词的原级+as”，请参照Unit 2 Text B注释。 ,例句,The room is ten times as large as that one. 这个房间是那个房间 的10倍大。 2(Scientists speculate that the amount of radon increases in the ground w hen rocks layers shift，exposing new rock，and thus more radon. that引导的是宾语从句 when 引导的是时间状语从句 exposing new rock分词短 语作状语，相当于一个时间状语从句 and thus more radon是个省略句，整句应是 and thus there is more radon. ,例句,The teacher found that there were many students in the room when he opened the door. 那位教师打开门，发现屋中有许多学生。 ,例句,Standing on the top of the mountain，you'll have a better view. 站在山顶，你的视野会更开阔。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.T 6.T 7.T 8.F 9.T 10.T ?. 1.forecast 2.early warning 3.China，Alaska 4.the energy 5.shifting，cracks，faults，crust. 6.seismic 7.radon,ground water 8.comes from 9.partial， processes 10.Haicheng，1975 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.b 2.d 3.a 4.b 5.b ?. 1.analyze 2.forecast 3.set up 4.reliability 5.preceded 6.subsided 7.speculated 8.warnings Unit 7 38 大学英语自学教程(下) 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 休闲与引导 Observations and research findings indicate that people in advanced industrial societies are increasingly concerned with opportunities for leisure and what they can do in their leisure time. The importance people attach to paid holidays and the rapid development of services for mass entertainment and recreation are signs of this increasing concern. 观察与研究结果显示，生活在高度发达的工业社会中的人们越来越关心休闲的机 会和休闲时做什么。这种关心体现在人们对带工资休假的重视上和面向大众的娱乐休 闲业的迅猛发展上。 The term "quality of life" is difficult to define. It covers a very wide scope such as living environment, health, employment, food, family life, friends, education, material possessions, leisure and recreation, and so on. Generally speaking, the quality of life, especially as seen by the individual, is meaningful in terms of the degree to which these various areas of life are available or provide satisfaction to the individual. “生活质量”一语不好下定义，因为它的涵盖面太广，如生活环境、健康、职业、 食物、家庭生活、友谊、教育、物质财产、休闲和消遣等等。一般地说，生活质量， 特别是在个人看来，其意义是由在多大程度上这些不同的生活领域可以被个人享受或 可以使个人满意来衡量的。 As activity carried out as one thinks fit during one's spare time, leisure has the following functions: relaxation, recreation and entertainment, and personal development. The importance of these varies according to the nature of one's job and one's life-style. Thus, people who need to exert much energy in their work will find relaxation most desirable in leisure. Those with a better education and in professional occupations may tend more to seek recreation and personal development (e.g., cultivation of skills and hobbies) in leisure. 休闲是在个人空闲时间进行的个人认为适宜的活动，它有以下作用:放松、休闲 和娱乐以及个人的自我发展。这些作用的重要程度是因个人工作的性质和生活方式而 异的。所以，工作中消耗体力的人觉得休闲的最佳方式是放松放松。那些受过高等教 育、从事专门职业的人更倾向于休闲时消遣和自我发展(如培养技能和爱好)。 The specific use of leisure varies from individual to individual. Even the same leisure activity may be used differently by different individuals. Thus, the following are possible uses of television watching, a popular leisure activity: a change of experience to provide "escape" from the stress and strain of work; to learn more about what is happening in one's environment; to provide an opportunity for understanding oneself by comparing other people’s life experiences as portrayed in the programmes. 休闲时间的利用因人而异。即使同样的休闲活动不同的人也有不同的玩法。故而， 看电视这种普遍的休闲方式有以下几种可能的用途:变换一下体验来“逃脱”工作带 来的压力和紧张情绪;了解一下自己周围所发生的事情;通过电视节目了解别人的生 活体会，为了解自身的情况提供机会。 39 大学英语自学教程(下) In an urban society in which highly structured, fast-paced and stressful work looms large in life, experiences of a different nature, be it television watching or bird-watching, can lead to a self-renewal and a more "balanced" way of life. 在城市社会中，结构严密、步调迅速、充满压力的工作笼罩着人们的生活，某种 不同性质的经历，不管是看电视还是看鸟，都能导致自我更新和一种“平衡”的生活 方式。 Since leisure is basically self-determined, one is able to take to one's interests and preferences and get involved in an activity in ways that will bring enjoyment and satisfaction. 由于休闲基本上是自己决定的事，个人就可以培养自己的兴趣和爱好，并以能为 自己带来享受和满足的方式来从事某项活动。 Our likes and dislikes, tastes and preferences that underlie our choices of such activities as reading books, going to the cinema, camping, or certain cultural pursuits, are all related to social contexts and learning experiences. We acquire interests in a variety of things and subjects from our families, schools, jobs, and the mass media. Basically, such attitudes amount to a recognition that leisure is an important area of life and a belief that leisure can and should be put to good use. 我们的喜恶、品味和偏爱使我们选择去读书、去看电影、去野营还是去来点文化 求索的依据。好与不好、品味与偏爱都和社会环境和学习经历有关。我们从家庭、学 校、工作岗位和传媒中获得对许多事物的兴趣。从根本上讲，这些态度逐渐发展成一 种认识:休闲是生活的重要方面;同时也形成一种观念;休闲能够也应该过得有意义。 Professional workers in recreation services, too, will find that to impart positive leisure attitudes to the general public is essential for motivating them to use their leisure in creative and satisfying ways. Hence, it can be argued that the people with whom we come into contact in these various contexts are all likely to have exerted some influence in shaping our attitudes, interests and even skills relevant to how we handle leisure. Influence of this kind is a form of leadership. 从事娱乐业的专业工作者也发现，使公众具有积极的态度对待休闲对促使他们以 创造性的满意方式利用闲暇时间十分必要。可以说，我们在各种各样的场合下接触的 人，都有可能对形成我们的休闲态度、我们的兴趣、甚至是我们利用休闲的技巧起到 一定的影响。这种影响就是一种引导。 Parents, teachers in schools, work associates and communicators in or using the mass media are all capable of arousing our potential interests. For example, the degree to which and the ways in which a school encourages participation in games, sports and cultural pursuits are likely to contribute to the shaping of leisure attitudes on the part of the students. 父母、学校的教师、同事和通过或使用大众传播工具的传播工作者都能激发我们 潜在的兴趣。例如，学校在多大程度上采用什么方式鼓励学生参加游戏、体育和文娱 活动，就可能对学生的休闲态度的形成有一定的作用。 Schools usually set as their educational objective the attainment of a balanced 40 大学英语自学教程(下) development of the person. The more seriously this is sought, the more likely positive attitudes towards leisure as well as academic work will be encouraged. 学校一般把教育的目标定为实现一个人的全面发展。越是认真地坚持这个目标， 就越是能够促进学校的教学活动，也就越能鼓励积极的休闲态度。 【课文难点分析】 1(Observations and research findings indicate that people in advanced industrial countries are increasingly concerned with opportunities for leisure and what they can do in their leisure time. 这是一个主从复合句。在宾语从句中又有两个宾语:opportunities for leisure and what they can do in their leisure time. 2(The importance (主语部分) people attach to paid holidays and the rapid development(主语部分) of sciences for mass entertainment and creation are signs(系表结构) of this increasing concern. the importance people attach to paid holidays是一个定语从句。句中出现了 两个并列主语。 3(Schools usually set as their educational objective the attainment of a balanced development of the person. 正常语序:Schools usually set the attainment of a balanced development of the person as their educational objective. set„as objective 把„作为目标 ,例句,The boy student set 100 grades as his objective. 这个男生把100 分作为自己的奋斗目标。 4(The more seriously this is sought，the more likely positive attitudes towards leisure as well as academic work will be encouraged. the more„ the more „是比较级句型表示“越来越„” ,例句,The more you learned，the less you knew. 你学的越多，知道的就越 少。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.a 2.d 3.b 4.d 5.c ?. 1.leisure 2.provide 3.desirable 4.strain 5.portray 6.stressful 7.context 8.variety 9.impart 10.motivate ?. 1.relax 2.entertain 3.recognize 4.possess 5.observe 6.recreate 7.satisfy 8.occupy 9.pursue 10.attain ?. 1.at 2.my 3.asked 4.honeymoon 5.forward 6.other 7.sir ?. 1(The term “Quality of life”covers a wide scope. 2(In a fast-faced stressful society，setting aside some time for relaxation is good for health. 3(People's interests and preference are related to social contexts and their individual learning experience. 4(The positive attitude underlies people's creative use of their spare time. 5(Researchers and observations show that people are more and more concerned with quality of life. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.desirability 名词，在句中作宾语 b.desires句中缺少中心词，作主 语 c.desirable形容词作表语 2.a.occupation under enemy occupation在敌人的控制之下 b.occupies 句中缺少谓语 c.occupant“the+形容词”表示一类人 d.occupation职责 3.a.preference名词，表示“偏爱” b.preferably副词作状 41 大学英语自学教程(下) 语 c.preferable形容词作表语 d.prefer动词作谓语 4.a.recognizable形容词作定语 b.recognition beyond recognition 不可辨认，辨认不出 c.recognize 5.a.satisfaction b.satisfied c.satisfactory形容词作表 语 d.satisfy e.satisfying ?. 1.urban 2.satisfaction 3.relaxation 4.has acquired 5.cocerned with 6.motivated 7.possession 8.impact 9.participation 10.loom 11.portrayed 12.desirable ?. 1(He always takes a positive attitude in correcting the mistakes of hi s students. 2(Before going aboard the plane，the passengers attached a tag to their handbags. 3(His skin color is not necessarily relevant to his being a good lawyer . 4(A large ship was looming in the heavy fog. 5(That's not a mistake on our part. 6(Schools should set as their objective the attainment of a balanced development of the students. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 时间的箴言 You may have been exposed to this idea before, but this time try to hear. There is a message that is trying to reach you, and it is important that it get through loud and clear. The message? 你以前或许有过这种想法，但现在不妨再听一听。有一条箴言要送给你，而且重 要的是，这条箴言响亮而清楚地传送到你的耳际。什么箴言? Time management! Time is elusive and tricky. It is the easiest thing in the world to waste -- the most difficult to control. When you look ahead, it may appear you have more than you need. Yet it has a way of slipping through your fingers like quicksand. You may suddenly find that there is no way to stretch the little time you have left to cover all your obligations. For example, as a beginning student looking ahead to a full term you may feel that you have an oversupply of time on your hands. But toward the end of the term you may panic because time is running out. The answer? 管理时间 时间既让人难于把握，又善于捉弄人。世界上最容易的是浪费时间，最困难的是 把握时间。当你向前看，时间似乎多得超过了需要。不过，它会像流沙一样从手中悄 然流逝。你可能突然发现，就是最高效率地利用剩下的时间，也不可能完成所有的任 务。例如，一个刚开学的学生觉得自己手中的时间十分充裕，但将近期末才着了慌， 因为时间将尽。怎么办? Control! Time is dangerous. If you don't control it, it will control you. If you don't make it work for you, it will work against you. You must become the master of time, not the 42 大学英语自学教程(下) servant. 掌握时间 时间是危险的。你不去控制它，它就会控制你。如果你不让它为你工作，它就会 跟你对着干。要做时间的主人，而不是奴隶。 Study hard and play hard is an old proverb, but it still makes sense. You have plenty of time for classes, study, work, and play if you use your time properly. It is not how much time you allocate for study that counts but how much you learn when you do study. 要学就努力学，要玩就痛痛快快地玩。这是一句古谚，但意义深远。如果使用时 间合理，你就会有足够的时间学习、工作和玩耍。分配多少时间学习不是最重要的， 关键是学到了多少东西。 Too much wasted time is bad medicine. The more time you waste, the easier it is to continue wasting time. Soon, doing nothing becomes a habit you can't break. It becomes a drug. When this happens, you lose your feeling of accomplishment and you fall by the wayside. A full schedule is a good schedule. 严重浪费时间，就像吃了不能治病的药一样。越浪费时间，越容易继续浪费。很 快，无所事事的习惯像毒品一样戒都戒不掉。一旦形成这个局面，你就会丧失成就感， 事事半途而废。一个完整的计划才是好计划。 Some students refuse to hear the time message. They refuse to accept the fact that college life demands some degree of time control. There is no escape. So what's the next step? If you seriously wish to get the time message, this passage will give it to you. Remember ?it will not only improve your grades but also free you to enjoy college life more. 有些学生拒绝听时间的箴言，他们不想接受这个事实:大学生活需要某种程度的 时间控制。否则那肯定是在劫难逃了。下一步怎么办?如果你真想得到时间箴言，本章 会讲给你听。记住它不但能提高成绩，还能使你尽享大学生活。 Message 1. Time is valuable -- control it from the beginning. Time is today, not tomorrow or next week. Start your plan at the beginning of the term and readjust it with each new project. Thus you can spread your work time around a little. 第一条 时间是珍贵的，一开始就要控制它 时间就是今天，不是明天也不是下一周，学期之初就开始你的计划，并按每个新 的课程调整它，这样可以把工作时间延长一点。 Message 2. Get the notebook habit. Go and buy a pocket-size notebook. There are many varieties of these special notebooks. Select the one you like best. Use it to schedule your study time each day. You can also use it to note important dates, appointments, addresses, and telephone numbers. Keep it with you at all times. 第二条 养成做笔记的习惯 去买一个袖珍笔记本，笔记本多种多样，挑选一个最喜欢的，用它来计划你每天 的学习时间，也可用它来记录约会、会见地址和电话号码，随时带着它。 43 大学英语自学教程(下) Message 3. Prepare a weekly study schedule. The main purpose of the notebook is to help you prepare a weekly study schedule. Once prepared, follow the same pattern every week with minor adjustments. Sunday is an excellent day to make up your schedule for the following week. Write in your class schedule first. Add your work hours, if any. Then write in the hours each day you feel you must allocate for study. Keep it simple. 第三条 准备好周学习计划 笔记本的主要作用是帮助你准备周学习计划。一旦制定好，以后每周就照此办理， 只做小部分调整。星期天是制订下一周计划的理想时间。先把课程表写出来，如果有 的话，写写你的工作时间。然后写上每天你认为分配给学习的时间，要简单明了。 Message 4. Be realistic. When you plan time for these things, be realistic. Don't underestimate. Overestimate, if possible, so that emergencies thatarise don't hang you up. Otherwise your entire routine may get thrown off balance while you devote night and day to crash efforts. 第四条 要现实 当你计划上述事务时，要现实一些。不要低估。如果可能的话，把时间估计得长 一些，以便出现紧急情况时，不致耽搁你的工作。不然，这边没日没夜全力以赴，那 边自己的整个作息规律被打乱了。 Message 5. Make study time fit the course. How much study time you schedule for each classroom hour depends on tour factors:(l) your ability, (2) the difficulty of the class, (3) the grades you hope to achieve, and (4) how well you use your study time. One thing, however, is certain: you should schedule a minimum of one hour of study for each classroom hour. In many cases, more will be required. 第五条 让学习时间和课程协调起来 每节课分配多少学习时间取决于四个因素:一是能力;二是课程难度;三是希望 得到的分数;四是运用学习时间的效率。但有一点是明确的，最少为每节课分配一小 时学习时间。很多情况下，需要的更多。 Message 6. Keep your schedule flexible. A good schedule must have a little give so that special projects can be taken care of properly. Think out and prepare your schedule each week and do not become a slave to an inflexible pattern. Adjust it as you deem necessary. 第六条 学习计划的灵活性 好的课程表必须有一定的弹性，这样遇到紧急情况时能应付自如。每个星期都要 仔细思考、做出时间安排。不要教条地去按课程表上的做，有必要时可以对课程表作 些调整。 Message 7. Study first ?fun later. You will enjoy your fun time more after you have completed your study responsibilities. So, where possible, schedule your study hours in advance of fun activities. This is a sound principle to follow, so keep it in mind as you prepare your first schedule. 44 大学英语自学教程(下) 第七条 先学习后娱乐 完成学习任务之后，你可以更好地享受娱乐时光。所以，有可能的话，要把学习 时间放在娱乐之前，当你准备第一份时间规划时，这是一项值得记忆在心的原则。 Message 8. Study some each class day. Some concentrated study each day is better than many study hours one day and nothing the next. As you work out your individual schedule, attempt to include a minimum of two study hours each day. This will not only keep the study habit alive but also keep you up to date on your class assignments and projects. 第八条 每个学习日都要学点东西 每天集中精力学习一会儿，比一天学习很长时间而以后什么也不学要好得多。在 你制定个人计划时，每天最少应该有两个小时的学习时间。这样做既能保持学习习惯， 又能使自己跟上课堂上的学习任务和活动 Few beginning freshmen can control their time effectively without a written schedule, so why kid yourself into thinking you don't need one? You do. Later on, when you have had more experience and you have the time-control habit, you may be able to operate without it. Of course the schedule is only the first step. Once you have it prepared, you must stick with it and follow it faithfully. You must push away the many temptations that are always present or your schedule is useless. Your schedule will give you control only if you make it work. 刚入校的新生如不作书面计划，就几乎没有人能控制住时间。因此，为何自己欺 骗自己说不需要一个书面计划呢?其实，你的确需要。等到以后你有了经验并养成了掌 握时间的习惯，你就不用写日程表了。当然，日程表仅仅是第一步，一旦做好了日程 表，就要切实执行。你一定要抛开很多诱惑，它们总是展现在你面前或者说明日程表 无用。只有你让你的日程表实施，它才会使你控制自我。 【课文难点注释】 1(It is not how much time you allocate for study that counts but how much you learn when you do study. 此句型为not„but„，表示不是„而是„ ,例句,It is not how much time you learn but how much you can learn. 不在于你学习了多长时间，而在于你能学习多少东西。 that counts是定语从句修饰study意思是“有意义的”，“重要的”。 ,例句,It is not how much you read but what you read that counts .重要 的不在于你读了多少，而是你所读的内容。 2(Otherwise your entire routine may get thrown off balance while you devote night and day to crash efforts. while引导的时间状语从句，相当于“在„时候” ,例句,Tom is playing while I am studying. 在我学习的时候，汤姆正在玩。 get thrown off balance 意为“被打乱” ,例句,My study plan gets thrown off balance. 我的学习计划被打乱了。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.T 3.T 4.T 5.T 6.F 7.F 8.F 9.F 10.T ?. 1.elusive 2.tricky 3.waste，control 4.quick sand 5.control 6.slave 7.flexible 8.appointments，addresses，telephone numbers 9.underestimate， overestimate 10.temptations 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.B 2.C 3.D 4.A 5.D ?. 1.b 2.c 3.c 4.c 5.c Unit 8 45 大学英语自学教程(下) 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 怎样防治时差引进的不适 The problem of Jet Lag is one every international traveller comes across at some time. But do you have to suffer? Understand what it is, and how a careful diet can minimize its worst effects, and your flights will be less stressful. 坐飞机因时差而引起的生理节奏的破坏是每个国际旅行者都会遇到的问题。但是 否必须遭受其苦呢?明白了时差不适症是怎么回事，学会合理的饮食，会把这种不适症 减少到最低程度，那么坐飞机旅行就不会有那么大的负担了。 The effects of rapid travel on the body are actually far more disturbing than we realize. Jet Lag is not a psychological consequence of having to readjust to a different time zone. It is due to changes in the body's physiological regulatory mechanisms, specifically the hormonal systems, in a different environment. 高速旅行对人身体的影响程度实际上比我们认识到的要强烈得多。时差不适症并 不是人需要调整到另一时区而产生的心理症状。它的起因是人体的生理调节机制，特 别是激素分泌系统，因环境的改变而发生了变化。 Confused? So was John Foster Dulles, the American Secretary of State, when he flew to Egypt to conduct negotiations on the Aswan Dam. He later blamed his poor judgement on Jet Lag. 迷惑了吧?美国国务卿约翰?杜勒斯飞往埃及举行阿斯旺水坝谈判时就是这样。事 后他责怪自己低估了时差带来的不适症。 The effects can be used to advantage, too. President Johnson once conducted an important meeting in Guam and kept the entire proceedings at Washington DC time. The White House working personnel were as fresh as paint, while the locals, in this case, were jet-lagged. Essentially, they had been instantaneously transported to America. 时差的效果也可以加以利用。约翰逊总统曾在关岛召集了一个重要会议，所以议 程都按华盛顿时间制定。白宫工作人员个个精神焕发;而关岛方面的人因时差不适个 个无精打采。后者实质上等于一下子被送到了美国。 Now that we understand what Jet Lag is, we can go some way to overcoming it. A great number of the body's events are scheduled to occur at a certain time of day. Naturally these have to be regulated, and there are two regulatory systems which interact. 既然了解了时差不适症，我们便可想办法来克服它。人身体的一系列生理活动每 天都有一个固定的发生时间。当然，生理活动可以被调节，有两个相互影响的调节系 统。 One timing system comes from the evidence of our senses and stomachs, and the periodicity we experience when living in a particular time zone. The other belongs in our internal clocks (the major one of which may be physically located in a part of the brain called the suprachiasmatic nucleus) which, left alone, would tie the body to a 25 hour -- yes, 25 -- rhythm. Normally the two timers are in step, and the external cues tend to regularise the internal clocks to the more convenient 24 hour period. 46 大学英语自学教程(下) 一是计时系统，表现在我们的感觉和肠胃活动上，还有我们生活在某一时区所经 历的生理周期上。另一个是在我们的人体时钟内(主要的一个体内时钟可能位于大脑的 称为超交叉核的那部分中)，这些人体时钟，在不受干扰时，会使人体有一个25小时 ——是的，25小时——的生理节奏。通常，这两部计时系统是同步的，外界种种因素 常常把内部时钟调节到更为合理的24小时一周期。 If, however, you move the whole body to a time zone which is four hours different, the two clocks will be out of step, like two alarm clocks which are normally set together, but which have been reset a few hours apart. Whereas the two clocks would normally sound their alarms together, now they ring at different times. Similarly, the body can he set for evening while the sun is rising. 但是如果你置身于一个与原先相差4小时的时区，两个系统就乱了节奏。这就相 当于两只闹钟本来是一起定时，现在错开几小时定;本来可以一起鸣响，现在各按各 的时间响。与之相似，大阳当空之时身体时钟也会被定在晚上。 In time the physiological system will reset itself, but it does take time. One easily monitored rhythm is palm sweating. A man flown to a time zone different by 10 hours will take eight days to readjust his palm sweat. Blood pressure, which is also rhythmical, takes four days to readjust. 当然生理系统会及时作自我调整，但需要时间。掌心出汗是容易观察到的节律之 一。一个人飞到时差为10个小时的时区里，那他就需要8个小时才能把掌心出汗调整 过来。血压也是有节律的，需要四天才能调整过来。 One reason for this discrepancy is that different bodily events are controlled by different factors. The hormone cortisol, which controls salt and water excretion, is made in the morning, wherever the body is. But the growth hormone is released during sleep, whenever in the day that sleep occurs. Normally these two hormones are separated by seven or eight hours, but if the body arrives at a destination in the early morning (local) and goes to sleep as soon as possible, the two hormones will be released simultaneously. 这种差异的原因是各种生理活动受着不同因素的制约。控制着盐和水排泄的激素 性皮质醇无论身体处于何地都在早晨产生，但生长激素只在人睡眠中释放。正常情况 下，这两种激素的释放时间相隔7到8小时。但如果一个人在当地时间凌晨到达某个 地方，很快进入睡眠，那么两种激素就会同时释放。 What can we do about it? It is not feasible to wait four days until the body is used to the new time zone. Fortunately there is a short cut. It relies on two things -- the power of the stomach to regulate the timing of other events, and the pharmacological actions of coffee. 那么，我们怎么办呢?等待四个小时让身体去适应新时区不是办法。幸好，有一条 捷径。它依赖于两件东西:一是肠胃调节其他生理活动节奏的能力，二是咖啡的药理 作用。 The basic assumptions are: Coffee delays the body clock in the morning, and advances it at night. Coffee at mid-afternoon is neutral. Protein in meals stimulates wakefulness, while carbohydrates promote sleep. 47 大学英语自学教程(下) Putting food into an empty stomach helps synchronize the body clock. 基本的道理是这样的: 早晨咖啡减慢身体时钟，夜里加快它。下午三点左右没有作用。 食物中的蛋白质促人清醒，而碳水化合物促人困倦。 空腹吃东西有利于调整体内时钟。 【课文难点注释】 1(It is due to changes in the body's physiological regulatory mechanisms,specially the hormonal system,in a different environment. 这是一个简单句，It is due to changes构成句子的主干，in the body's physiological regulatory mechanisms 是个介词短语作定语修饰changes,in a different environment介词短语作地点状语。 due to 由于„，起因于„ ,例句,The accident was due to careless driving. 这场事故起因于粗心驾 驶。 2(If,however,you move the whole body to a time zone which is four hours different,the two clocks will be out of step,like two alarm clocks which are normally set together,but which have been reset a few hours apart. 全句是个主从复合句。If引导的是条件状语从句，在这个从句中，which引导的 是定语从句。the two clocks will be out of step是主句。在主句中，有一个like 引导的明 喻的句子，表示“像„一样”。在全句中注意以下几个词组: move to移动到„ be out of step不合节奏 set together调整以步调一致 3(It is not feasible to wait four days until the body is used to the new time zone. not„until„句型 表示“直到„才„” not„until 句型也可用在句首，形成强调句型，此时，主句中要使用倒装句式 。 ,例句,I don't get up until it is ten o'clock. 我到10点钟才起床。 Not until it is ten o'clock do I get up. 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.c 2.b 3.c 4.b 5. ?. 1.minimize 2.local 3.instantaneously 4.regulate 5.interact 6.timing 7.alarm clock 8.discrepancy 9.destined 10.feasible ?. 1.are 2.for 3.the 4.again 5.into 6.the 7.the 8.and ?. 1(It is not diffcult to understand the discomfort that rapid travel brings to the body. 2(One of the reasons for this is that different activities of the human body are controlled by various actors. 3(Protein in food stimulates wakefulness,while carbohydrates promote sleep. 4(The problem of Jet Lag is one every international traveler comes acoss at some time. 5(It is not feasible to wait several days until the adjusting mechanism of the body is adjusted to the new time zone. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.negotiable b.negotiate c.negotiation 2.a.regulation b.regulate c.regulatory d.regularized 3.a.assumes b.assuming c.assumed d.assumption 4.a.periodically b.periodical c.periodicity d.period ?. 1.does synchronize 2.discrepancies 3.internal 4.resets 5.out of step 6.external 7.overcome 8.destination 9.mechanism 10.neutral 11.lags 12.to advantage 13.feasible 14.instantaneously ?. 48 大学英语自学教程(下) 1(We should promote mutual understanding between our two nations. 2(The project seems to be feasible. 3(He is out of step with modern life. 4(We should transcend ourselves before overcoming the difficulties. 5(There exists a remarkable lag between his idea and his action. 6(The model is seeking an opportunity to show her off to advantage. 7(Your assumption is not based on adequate facts. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 控制你的注意力 CONCENTRATION IS CENTERING YOU R ATTENTION Psychologically defined, concentration is the process of centering one's attention over a period of time. In practical application, however, concentration is not as simple to deal successfully with as the definition may imply. For this reason, it is helpful to keep the following points in mind. 聚精会神就是集中你的注意力 从心理学上讲，聚精会神就是在一段时间内集中注意力。然而，在实际应用中， 聚精会神并 不像它的定义解释的那样容易对付。因此，将下列几点铭记在心十分有益。 Your attention span varies Even with the greatest effort, oar span of attention fluctuates. You can demonstrate for yourself this fluctuation of attention. In a quiet room, place a watch so that it can just scarcely be heard. Listen carefully and notice how the ticking increases in apparent intensity, fades to a point where it cannot be heard, and then increases again. This phenomenon reveals how our span of attention fluctuates, for the intensity of the ticking i s actually constant. 注意力的波动 即使尽最大努力，注意力的持续时间也是有变化的。你可以自己演示一下这种变 化，在一个 安静的房间放置一块手表刚好能听到它的声音。仔细听，同时注意手表的 滴答声是如何明显 增强、减弱、消失、然后再次增加的。这种现象显示出我们注意力 持续的时间是如何波动的 ，因为手表的滴答声一直没有改变。 You pay attention to one thing at m time Evidence to date indicates that you attend to one idea at a time. It is possible for your attention to shift so rapidly that it seems that you attend to several concepts at once. But apparently this is only an illusion. In high concentration the shift from the focus of attention is of short duration and relatively infrequent. 在同一时刻你只能注意一件事情 迄今为止的资料表明，在同一时刻你只能有一个念头。你的注意力有可能迅速转 移以至于你 似乎可以同时注意到几个概念。但显然这仅是一种错觉。当思想高度集中 时，注意力转移的 时间很短且不太经常。 An illustration of periods of high, moderate, and low attention High attention has long periods of attending and short distraction periods. In low attention the periods of attending are short and the distraction periods long. In moderate 49 大学英语自学教程(下) attention there is a mixture of the extremes. Thus it is easy to see that it is highly unlikely that the student who has most of his attention centered on fancying at large will be able to recall even the major points of a lecture. Lack of concentration is a symptom, not the cause, of difficulty. When a student says "I can't concentrate", what he is really saying is, "I can't attend to the task at hand because my distractors are too strong." 关于高、中、低度注意力的解释 注意力高度集中时，注意力持续时间长而精神不集中的时间短。注意力低度集中 时，注意力 的持续时间短而精神不集中的时间长。注意力中度集中时兼有两者的特点。 因此，显而易见 ，把自己的注意力集中在胡思乱想上的学生甚至不可能回忆出讲课的 要点。 注意力不集中是困难的表面现象而不是起因。当一个学生说:“我不能集中注意 力”时，他 的真正含义是:我不能把注意力集中在身边的工作上，因为我自己的干扰 太强。” DISTRACTORS ARE OF TWO SORTS --PSYCHOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL A distractor is anything which causes attention to vary from a central focal point. In the study situation distractors may be thought of as either psychological or physical in nature. Both types of distractors must be understood before the student can attempt to remedy his lack of concentration. 干扰有两种:心理干扰和物质干扰 干扰是指任何引起注意力从关心焦点转移出去的东西。在学习环境中，本质上讲， 干扰可以 是心理的，也可以是物质的。在尝试着纠正注意力不集中的毛病之前，必须 了解这两种干扰。 Emotions are the most powerful distractors The angry man forgets the pain of injury the fearful man finds it difficult to enjoy pleasure and the tense or anxious person may react violently to the smallest of matters. In the student's life there are many psychological pressures and tensions which block effective productivity. The fears about making the grade, the doubts of the friendliness of a friend’s behaviour and the pressures of limited finances -- these are only a few of the emotional forces which affect the student. Emotional reaction varies greatly from person to person. Some persons gain goal and direction from their tensions and actually do better because of them. Others fall apart under pressure, while a fewpeople do well despite the pressure. 感情是最大的干扰物 生气的人忘记伤痛，害怕的人没有快乐，紧张或焦虑不安的人会对鸡毛蒜皮的事 大动肝火。 在学生生活中，许多心理压力和紧张阻碍着学生学习效率的发挥。对成绩 的担忧，对朋友友谊的怀疑以及经济的拮据——这些仅仅是影响学生的几个感情因素。 人与人之间的情感反映差别很大。一些人在紧张中获得目标和方向并做得更出色。 有些人尽管有压力也会把事情做好，而其他人在压力下彻底崩溃。 Physical distractors are always present and rarely understood Our environment is much more important to how we feel and react than we often 50 大学英语自学教程(下) think. Particularly is this true of the effect of physical distractors on mental tasks. One research report has shown that comprehension and retention of reading were decreased when students listened to lively music. However, rate of reading was not affected, so that many students were not aware that they were affected by the background distractor. Another study found that the ability to recall accurately was affected by distracting conditions. Most of the evidence indicates that noise affects adversely higher mental task output. Still, the effect of distractors is seldom fully appreciated by students. 物质干扰一直存在但几乎不被理解 我们的环境对我们如何感觉和如何适应是非常重要的。这种重要性要大大超过我 们平常的认识。对脑力劳动任务的物质干扰的效果而言，尤为如此。一项调查报告显 示:当学生们听节奏明快的音乐时，他们的阅读理解能力和记忆力在下降，但阅读速 度却没有受影响，以致于 许多学生对背景的干扰一无所知。另一研究表明:准确回忆 的能力受到了干扰条件的影响。大多数材料证明:噪音对脑力劳动产生负面作用。然 而，学生们对干扰的影响却很少有全面的认识。 ROUTINE AND REASONING TASKS ARE AFFECTED DIFFERENTLY BY DISTRACTORS Many routine tasks can be performed with distraction in the background with little or no adverse effect on output. Most students have found this fact to be true from their own experience. They may have had high school homework which was drill or merely copying assignments. It was possible to do such work with the latest recordings or the television set playing in the background. In time such students began to feel certain that they could do all work -- routine or problem-solving -- in the sate manner. The evidence indicates the contrary conclusion. 干扰对日常工作和推理的影响程度不同 人们可以在有干扰的情况下完成许多日常工作，而且工作效率几乎没有或者说根 本没有受到 负面的影响。大多数学生会从他们的亲身经历中发现这个事实。他们有家 庭作业，如句型训 练或仅仅是抄写型的作业。他们很有可能一边放着最新的唱片或者 开着电视，一边做这些作 业。这些学生很有可能慢慢开始相信他们能以同样的方法做 所有的工作——日常工作或解决 问题的工作。但有关证据却得到相反的结论。 EXCEPTIONS MAY MISLEAD YOU Typically when students are faced with the evidence on distractors the argument is given that their cousin, friend, or classmate can study in "Grand Central Station.” And he makes "all A's" too! There is evidence, of course, that motivation plays an important role in overcoming the effects of distractors and that there are considerable differences in individual spans of attention. Either of these factors could account for some individuals being able to do well using inefficient methods. The fact that some exceptional people do well under adverse conditions scarcely justifies your assuming that you are exceptional in the same manner. Your chances of success are higher if you avoid the distractors which are known to hinder the typical student. 例外会误导你 51 大学英语自学教程(下) 典型的情况是当有关干扰的证据摆在学生面前时，他们会提出证据反驳:他们的 表兄弟、朋 友或同学能在纽约的“中央火车站”学习并取得了“全优”!当然也有证 据表明:人们的动 机在克服干扰影响方面起着重要作用，而且人与人在个人的持续注 意时间上也有相当大的差 异。以上两个因素的任何一个都可以解释为什么一些人能够 用低效率的方法来做好工作。 事实上，一些特殊人物的确能在不利的条件下做好事情， 但这不能说明你也和他们一样特殊 。如果你能够避开众所周知的妨碍一个平常学生学 习的干扰，那么你成功的机会就会更大。 【课文难点注释】 1(In practical application,however,concentration is not as simple to deal successfully with as the definition may imply. 此句型中有as„as„“和„一样”，表示同等程度的比较 not as„as„“不 如„” ,例句,What he did is not as simple as what he said. 他所做的不像他说 的那么简单。 deal with„ 对付，处理 It is difficult to deal with the problem. 解决这个问题是困难的。 2(Thus it is easy to see that it is highly unlikely that the student who has most of his attention centered on fancying at large will be able to recall even the major points of a lecture. 这是一个“It is+形容词+动词不定式+that从句”的结构。 ,例句,Now it is easy to understand that the earth turns around the sun. 现在很容易理解地球围绕太阳转。 “It is unlikely that„”表示 “不可能„” ,例句,It is unlikely that he becomes a college student. 他不可能成为 一名大学生。 从句中，who引导的是定词从句，修饰the student。 center on以„为中心 at large一般地，普通地 ,例句,His attention did not center on studying but on fancying. 他的 注意力不在学习上，而是在胡思乱想。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.T 3.T 4.T 5.F 6.F 7.F 8.T 9.F 10.F ?. 1.centering one's attention 2.varies 3.constant 4.distraction 5.symptom 6.routine 7.central focal 8.physiological,physical 9.goal,direction 10.the ability 【词汇练习答案】 1.productivity 2.distract 3.fluctuates 4.exceptional 5.misled 6.true of 7.attend to 8.appreciate 9.typical 10.Motivation 11.contrary to 12.hinder,from Unit 9 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 欧洲国家的老龄化 We have to realise how old, how very old, we are. Nations are classified as "aged" when they have 7 per cent or more of their people aged 65 or above, and by about 1970 every one of the advanced countries had become like this. Of the really ancient societies, with over 13 per cent above 65, all are in Northwestern Europe. At the beginning of the l980's East Germany had 15.6 per cent, Austria, Sweden, West Germany and France had 13.4 per cent or above, and England and Wales 13.3 per cent. Scotland had 12.3 per cent. Northern Ireland 10.8 per cent and the United States 9.9 per cent. We know that we are getting even older. and that the nearer a society approximates to zero population growth, 52 大学英语自学教程(下) the. older its population is likely to be -- at least, for any future that concerns us now. 我们必须认识到我们是多么老。一个国家65岁或65岁以上的老人达到或者超过 该国总人口的7%，这个国家就被划为“老龄化国家”。到1970年左右，世界上所有的 发达国家都是老龄化国家。所有真正历史悠久的国家中，65岁以上老人占全国人口13% 以上的国家全位于西北欧。本世纪80年代初，东德有15.6%，奥地利、瑞典、西德和 法国占13.4%或更高。英格兰和威尔士占13.3%。苏格兰占12.3%。北爱尔兰占10.8%， 美国占9.9%。我们知道我们越来越老，我们也知道一个社会的人口愈接近零增长，其 老龄化愈加严重，至少对于我们现在关系密切的未来来说是这样的。 To these now familiar facts a number of further facts may be added, some of them only recently recognised. There is the apparent paradox that the effective cause of the high proportion of the old is births rather than deaths. There is the economic principle that the dependency ratio ?the degree to which those who cannot earn depend for a living on those who can ?is more advantageous in older societies like ours than in the younger societies of the developing world, because lots of dependent babies are more of a liability than numbers of the inactive aged. There is the appreciation of the salient historical truth that the aging of advanced societies has been a sudden change. 我们已经知道这些事实，但还有一些不知道，其中一些是近来才知道的。有这样 一个明显的似是而非的观点:造成老年人比率高的有效原因是出生人数而不是死亡人 数。有这样一条经济原则:抚养率——不能挣钱生活的人依靠能挣钱养家的人的程度 ——在我们这样的更老龄化的社会里比在发展中世界的较年轻社会里更有利一些。因 为大量的尚需抚养的孩子与一定数量的不能工作的老年人相比，更是个负担。有对这 样一个明显的历史真实的正确 评价 LEC评价法下载LEC评价法下载评价量规免费下载学院评价表文档下载学院评价表文档下载 :先进社会的老龄化都是一种突变。 If "revolution” is a rapid resettlement of the social structure, and if the age composition of the society counts as a very important aspect of that social structure, then there has been a social revolution in European and particularly Western European society within the lifetime of everyone over 50. Taken together, these things have implications which are only beginning to be acknowledged. These facts and circumstances were well to the fore earlier this year at a world gathering about aging as a challenge to science and to policy, held at Vichy in France. 如果“革命”是对社会结构的迅速重建，如果社会的年龄构成被看作社会结构的 一个非常重要的方面，那么在欧洲社会，特别是在西欧社会，每一个年过50的人的一 生都经历过一次社会革命。总的来说，这些事情所包含的意义是人们刚刚开始认识的。 这些事实和情况早些时候在法国维希举行的一个世界大会上被视为对科学和政策的挑 战而置于显著的地位。 There is often resistance to the idea that it is because the birthrate fell earlier in Western and Northwestern Europe than elsewhere, rather than because of any change in the death rate, that we have grown so old. But this is what elementary demography makes clear. Long life is alt-ring our society, of course, but in experiential terms. We have among us a very much greater experience of continued living than any society that has ever preceded us anywhere, and this will continue. But too much of that lengthened experience, even in the wealthy West, will be experience of poverty and neglect, unless we do something about it. 我们的人口之所以老龄化是因为西欧和西北欧的人口出生率比别的地方下降得 早，而不是由于人口死亡率方面的任何变化，常有人对此观点提出异议。但这正是基 53 大学英语自学教程(下) 础人口学所研究的问题。当然，长寿正改变着我们的社会，但这是根据经验而来的说 法。我们现在所经历的寿命延长的经验，比在我们之前的任何社会都多得多，而且这 种情况会继续。但是如果寿命延续过长，即便是在富裕的西方，也要变得贫困不堪、 被人忽视，除非我们着手改变它。 If you are now in your thirties, you ought to be aware that you can expect to live nearly one third of the rest of your life after the age of 60. The older you are now, of course, the greater this proportion will be, and greater still if you are a woman. Expectation of life is a slippery figure, very easy to get wrong at the highest ages. At Vichy the demographers were telling each other that their estimates of how many old there would be and how long they will live in countries like England and Wales are due for revision upwards. 如果你现在30几岁，你应当知道，你可以有望在活到60岁以后再活上差不多15 年。当然，现在你年纪越大，这个比例就会越大;如果你是个妇女的话，这个年纪会 更大。人寿期望值是个弹性数字，在猜测最高年龄时，特别容易出错。在维希，人口 学家们都一致认为:他们对像英格兰和威尔士这样的国家有多少老龄人口，这些人口有 多长的寿命所做的估计，已经到了该把数目往上调整的时候了 【课文难点分析】 1(We know that we are getting even older,and that the nearer a society approximates to zero population growth，the older its population is likely to be—at least,for any future that concerns us now. 这是个主从复合句。有两个宾语从句，由that引导的第二个宾语从句中出现了 “the more„the more„”的比较级句型，请参照Unit 7注释No.4 2(Taken together,these things have implications which are only beginning to be acknowledged. Taken together是分词短语作状语，相当于If they are taken together. ,例句,Seen through the eyes of a yound friend,Einstein was an ordinary man. 在一个年轻的朋友眼中，爱因斯坦是一个普通的人。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.b(答案见第一段第三行) 2.c(para.2) 3.c(para.3最后一 行) 4.a.(para.linel,2,3) 5.d ?. 1.approximate 2.aged 3.paradox 4.apparent 5.composition 6.elsewhere 7.elementary 8.alter 9.precede 10.slippery ?. 1.c. advantageous——disadvantageous 2.a. slippery——stable 3.h. upwards——downwards 4.g. dependent——independent 5.c. wealthy——poor 6.b. lengthen——shorten 7.i. different——same 8.f. active——inactive 9.j. birth——death 10.d. effective——ineffective ?. 1.test 2.doctor 3.test 4.My 5.arrived 6.at 7.opened ?. 1(Aging has become a social problem. 2(People are against the idea that it comes from the fall of the birth rate. 3(Expectations of life are due to various factors. 4(The estimates of life are the average prediction of how long a person can live. 5(Long life is altering our life,and our society. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.appreciation b.appreciate c.appreciative 2.a.activity b.activated c.active 54 大学英语自学教程(下) d.inactive 3.a.continues b.continued c.continuation d.continuous e.continuing 4.a.expect b.expectant c.expectancy d.expectation ?. 1.classify 2.salient 3.liability 4.altered 5.paradox 6.lengthens 7.dependency 8.revision 9.upwards 10.approximates ?. 1(He always neglects his own health. 2(The price of the goods is quite out of proportion to its value. 3(His description of the event approximates to the fact. 4(He barely acknowledged the errors in his statement. 5(Warm applause indicated their appreciation of the performance. 6(-term memory. 7(Things altered completely. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 孩子的自尊 Self-esteem is what people think about themselves -- whether or not they feel valued -- and when family members have self-respect, pride, and belief in themselves, this high self-esteem makes it possible to cope with the everyday problems of growing up. 自尊是人们对自己的看法——是否自己被重视。当家庭成员拥有自尊、自豪和自 信时，这种强烈的自尊心会使解决成长中的日常问题成为可能。 Successful parenting begins by communicating to children that they belong, and are loved for no other reason than just because they exist. Through touch and tone of voice parents tell their infants whether or not they are valued, special, and loved, and it is these messages that form the basis of the child's self-esteem. When children grow up with love and are made to feel lovable despite their mistakes and failures, they are able to interact with others in a responsible, honest, and loving way. A healthy self-esteem is a resource for coping when difficulties arise, making it easier to see a problem as temporary, manageable, and something from which the individual can emerge. 成功的育儿之道始于让孩子知道，他们属于这个家庭，他们受到宠爱没有别的原 因，就因为他们自身的存在。通过言传身教，父母让孩子知道，他们是否受到重视， 是否娇贵、是否被宠爱。这些信息构成了孩子自尊的基础。孩子在爱的环境中成长时， 尽管他们有缺点和失败，他们仍能感到自己是可爱的，他们就能够以一种负责任的、 诚实的、充满爱心的方式与人交往。当出现困难时，健康的自尊心是一种解决困难的 手段，它能使人们更倾向于把问题看成是暂时的、可处理的、可以解决的。 If, however, children grow up without love and without feelings of self-worth, they feel unlovable and worthless and expect to be cheated, taken advantage of, and looked down upon by others. Ultimately their actions invite this treatment, and their self-defeating behavior turns expectations into reality. They do not have the personal resources to handle everyday problems in a healthy way, and life may be viewed as just one crisis after another. Without a healthy self-esteem they may cope by acting out problems rather than talking them out or by withdrawing and remaining indifferent 55 大学英语自学教程(下) toward themselves and others. These individuals grow up to live isolated, lonely lives, lacking the ability to give the love that they have never received. 然而，如果孩子们在没有爱心、没有自尊感的环境中成长，他们就感受不到爱的 力量，他们会认为自己一无是处，总认为自己要被人期骗、利用和轻视。最后他们的 行为招致了这种境遇，他们自欺的行为把理想变成了现实。他们没有能力用健康的方 式处理日常问题，在他们看来，生活就是危机四伏。没有健康的自尊心，他们处理问 题时，不是把问题谈出来，而是用行动把问题表现出来，或者是采取退缩和对自己和 他人保持冷漠的态度。这些人长大以后会过一种孤独的、寂寞的生活，他们缺乏给予 别人爱心的能力，因为他们从没接受过爱。 Self-esteem is a kind of energy, and when it is high, people feel like they can handle anything. It is what one feels when special things are happening or everything is going great. A word of praise, a smile, a good grade on a report card, or doing something that creates pride within oneself can create this energy. When feelings about the self have been threatened and self-esteem is low, everything becomes more of an effort. It is difficult to hear, see, or think clearly, and others seem rude, inconsiderate, and rough. The problem is not with others, it is with the self, but often it is not until energies are back to normal that the real problem is recognized. 自尊心是一种能量，当它充盈之时，人们好像无所不能。它是人们在发生特殊事 情或每件事情都进展顺利时的感觉。一句赞扬，一个微笑、一个好成绩或激发起内心 自豪的事情都会创造这种能量。当自我感觉受到威胁、自尊心不足时，一切事情都在 更大程度上变成了一种需要费力去做的负担。人就难以耳聪目明、思维清晰，别人似 乎都粗鲁、不体谅人、甚至粗暴。其实，问题不在别人身上，而是在自己身上，但常 常等到有充足的自尊心后，人们才认识到真正的问题。 Children need help understanding that their self-esteem and the self-esteem of those they interact with have a direct effect on each other. For example, a little girl comes home from school and says, “I need lovings' cause my feelings got hurt today.?The mother responds to her child's need to be held and loved. If instead the mother said she was too busy to hold the little girl, the outcome would have been different. 孩子需要人们的帮助才能理解他们的自尊心和与他们所交往的人们的自尊心都会 相互产生直接的影响。例如，一个小女孩从学校回家说:“我需要爱抚，因为今天我 的感情受到伤害了。”孩子需要拥抱和爱抚，母亲对此作出了反应。假如母亲没有那 样做，而说太忙，没有时间来拥抱、爱抚孩子，其结果将会是不同的。 The infant's self-esteem is totally dependent on family members, and it is not until about the time the child enters school that outside forces contribute to feelings about the self. A child must also learn that a major resource for a healthy self-esteem comes from within. Some parents raise their children to depend on external rather than internal reinforcement through practices such as paying for good grades on report cards or exchanging special privileges for good behavior. The child learns to rely on others to maintain a high self-esteem and is not prepared to live in a world in which desirable behavior does not automatically produce a tangible reward such as a smile, money, or special privileges. 婴儿的自尊完全依赖于家庭成员，直到上学时，外界的压力才会作用于他们的自 56 大学英语自学教程(下) 我感觉。孩子也必须认识到健康的自尊心的一个重要来源是自己。一些家长在实践中 依靠外部而不是内部的强化手段来抚养孩子。例如孩子的成绩单上有了好成绩就可以 得到奖赏，有良好的行为就给予表扬。孩子学会了依靠别人来维持自己强烈的自尊心， 却对现实世界的生活没有丝毫准备。因为在现实世界中，令人满意的行为并不会自动 带来实在的报偿，如一个微笑、金钱或特权。 Maintaining a healthy self-esteem is a challenge that continues throughout life. One family found that they could help each other identify positive attitudes. One evening during an electric storm the family gathered around the kitchen table, and each person wrote down two things that they liked about each family member. These pieces of paper were folded and given to the appropriate person, who one by one opened their special messages. The father later commented, "It was quite an experience, opening each little piece of paper and reading the message. I still have those gifts, and when I've had a really bad day, I read through them and I always come away feeling better.” 保持健康的自尊心是一个人一生不懈的任务。有一个家庭发现他们能够相互帮助 是一种积极的态度。在一个暴风雨的晚上，全家人围坐在餐桌旁，每人就每一家庭成 员写下两件他所喜欢的事情。把写好的纸折叠起来然后交给每个相关的人，由他逐一 打开。父亲后来评论说:“打开每一张纸片，读着其中的话语，那是一个极不寻常的 体验。我仍然保留着这些礼物。当我某一天心情特别不好时，我就读一遍这些纸条， 而后感觉就好多了。” The foundation of a healthy family depends on the ability of the parents to communicate messages of love, trust, and self-worth to each child. This is the basis on which self-esteem is built, and as the child grows, self-esteem changes from a collection of other's feelings to become personal feelings about the self. Ultimately a person's self-esteem is reflected in the way he or she interacts with others. 健康的家庭基础建立在父母把爱、信任、自重传授给每个孩子的能力上。这是自 尊心的基础。随着孩子的成长，自尊心就会由别人对他多种多样感觉的总和转变成他 个人的自我感觉。最终，一个人的自尊心就反映在他或她与别人交往的方式上。 【课文难点注释】 1(Through touch and tone of voice parents tell their infants whether or not they are valued,special,and loved,and it is these messages that form the Through touch and tone of voice 是介词短语作状语。 ,例句,Through communicating,I know he is a wise man. 通过交往，我知 道他是一个聪明人。 whether or not引导的是个宾语从句。句中“it is„that„”是一个强 调句型。 ,例句,It is the house that I lived in five years ago. 这正是我五年前 住的房子。 I don't know whether he will like the color or not. 我不知道他 是否喜欢这种颜色。 2( it is not until about the time the child enters school that outside forces contribute to feelings about the self. “it is„that„”是强调句型，强调not until about„„ ,例句,It was not until yesterday afternoon that they began to work. 直 到昨天下午，他们才开始工作。 It was not until I had read your letter that I understood the true state of affairs. 直到我读了你的信，才知道事情的真象。 be dependent on 依靠„ 57 大学英语自学教程(下) contribute to 有助于„ 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.T 6.F 7.F 8.F 9.T 10.T ?. 1.pride,belief 2.responsible,honest,loving 3.temporary,manageable,emerge 4.acting,talking 5.isolated,lonely,received. 6.a smile,a good grade on a report card,pride 7.hear,see,think,rude,inconsiderate,rough 8.contribute,within 9.throughout 10.positive attitudes 【词汇练习答案】 1.esteem 2.take advantage of 3.easy to be coped with 4.handle 5.appropriate 6.infant's 7.withdraw 8.really 9.worthless 10.outcome Unit 10 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 竞选运动 Although presidential elections occur every 4 years, many people feel that they do not have a true understanding of how presidential campaigns operate. 尽管总统选举每四年举行一次，许多人还是感到他们并没有真正理解总统竞选是 如何进行的。 The winner in the November general election is almost certain to be either the Republican or the Democratic nominee. A minor-party or independent candidate, such as George Wallace in 1968, John Anderson in 1980, or Ross Perot in 1992 and 1996, can draw votes away from the major-party nominees but stands almost no chance of defeating them. 11月份大选的获胜者几乎肯定是共和党或民主党提名的人。小党派或独立的候选 人，如1968年的乔治?华莱士，1980年的约翰?安德森，1992年和1996年的罗丝?佩 罗等，可能从大党的提名人那里拉走一些选票，但几乎没有可能战胜他们。 A major-party nominee has the critical advantage of support from the party faithful. Earlier in the twentieth century, this support was so firm and steady that the victory of the stronger party's candidate was almost a certainty. Warren G. Harding accepted the 1920 Republican nomination at his Ohio home, stayed there throughout most of the campaign, and won a full victory simply because most of the voters of his time were Republicans. Party loyalty has declined in recent decades, but more than two-thirds of the nation's voters still identify themselves as Democrats or Republicans, and most of them support their party's presidential candidate. Even Democrat George McCiovern, who had the lowest. level of party support among recent nominees, was backed in 1972 by nearly 60 percent of his party's voters. 大党提名人具有得到党的忠实信徒支持这一关键的优势。20世纪早些时候，这种 支持是非常坚定和稳固，实力较强党派的候选人的胜利几乎是一种不争的事实。1920 年，华任?G?哈定在俄亥俄州的家中接受了共和党的提名，而且大部分的竞选过程都 呆在那里，但只是因为当时大多数投票人都是共和党人，他获得了完全的胜利。近几 十年来，各党派的忠诚度。且他们大多支持本党派的总统候选人。即使是近年在各党 提名人中，获得的支持最低的民主党候选人乔治?麦戈文，在1972年仍然得到本党几 乎60%的投票人的拥护。 58 大学英语自学教程(下) Presidential candidates act strategically. In deciding whether to pursue a course of action, they try to estimate its likely impact on the voters. During the 1992 campaign, a sign on the wall of Clinton's headquarters in Little Rock read, "The Economy, Stupid." The slogan was the idea of James Carville, Clinton's chief strategist, and was meant as a reminder to the candidate and the staff to keep the campaign focused on the nation's slow-moving economy, which ultimately was the issue that defeated Bush. As in 1980, when Jimmy Carter lost to Ronald Reagan during tough economic times, the voters were motivated largely by a desire for change. 总统候选人的行动颇具策略，在决定是否遵循一项行动方针时，他们要尽量估计 一下该方针对投票人可能具有的影响。在1992年的大选中，在小石城克林顿竞选总部 的一面墙上有这样一块标牌，上面写着:“经济，愚蠢”。这一口号是克林顿的主要 谋略家詹姆斯?卡维尔的杰作，它是要提醒候选人和所有工作人员要把竞选焦点集中 在本国增长迟缓的经济上，而正是这一点最终击败了布什。正如在1980年，吉米?卡 特在经济困难时期败给罗纳德?里根那样，选民们主要是希望一种改变。 Candidates try to project a strong leadership image. Whether voters accept this image, however, depends more on external factors than on a candidate's personal characteristics. In 1991, after the Gulf War, Bush's approval rating reached 91 percent, the highest level recorded since polling began in the 1930s. A year later, with the nation's economy in trouble, Bush抯 approval rating dropped below 40 percent. Bush tried to stir images of his strong leadership of the war, but voters remained concerned about the economy. 候选人尽力突出表现一种强有力的领导的形象，然而，选民们是否接受这一形象， 更多地取决于外部因素而不是候选人的个人特点。在海湾战争后的1991年，布什的支 持率达到了90%，这是自本世纪30年代开始民意测验以来的最高记录。一年后，随着 国民经济陷入困境，布什的支持率下降到了40%，布什力图让选民们想起他在战时强有 力的领导形象，而他们关心的却是本国的经济状况。 The candidates’ strategies are shaped by many considerations, including the constitutional provision that each state shall have electoral votes equal in number to its representation in Congress. Each state thus gets two electoral votes for its Senate representation and a varying number of electoral votes depending on its House representation. Altogether, there are 538 electoral votes (including three for the District of Columbia, even though it has no voting representatives in Congress). To win the presidency, a candidate must receive at least 270 votes, an electoral majority. 候选人策略的形成要考虑到许多因素，包括宪法的这一条款:每个州具有的选举 人票的数量与其在国会中的代表人数相等。这样每个州可以靠它在参议院的代表人数 而有两位选举人，凭众议院的代表人数而获得人数不等的选举人。总起来共有538张 选举票(包括来自哥伦比亚特区的3位选举人，尽管它在国会没有投票代表)，要赢得 总统职位，候选人必须获得至少270张的多数票。 Candidates are particularly concerned with winning the states which have the largest population, such as California (with 54 electoral votes), New York (33), Texas (32), Florida (25), Pennsylvania (23), lllinois (22), and Ohio (21). Victory in the eleven largest 59 大学英语自学教程(下) states alone would provide an electoral majority, and presidential candidates therefore spend most of their time campaigning in those states. Clinton received only 43 percent of the popular vote in 1992, compared with Bush's 38 percent and Perot's 19 percent; but Clinton won in states that gave him an overwhelming 370 electoral votes, compared with 168 for Bush and none for Perot. 候选人特别关注在人口最多的州赢得选票，如加利福尼亚州(拥有54张选票)，纽 约州(33张)，得克萨斯州(32张)，佛罗里达州(25张)，宾西法尼亚州(23张)，伊利 诺伊州(22张)和俄亥俄州(21张)。仅在11个人口最多的州获胜就可获得多数选票， 因此总统候选人花费他们大部分的时间在这些州进行竞选。1992年，克林顿仅仅得到 43%的公民投票，布什得到了38%，佩罗得到了19%。但是克林顿在一些州获得了胜利， 这些州给了他压倒多数的370张选票，而布什只得了68张，佩罗一无所获。 【课文要点注释】 1(Even Democrat George McGovern,who had the lowest level of party support among recent nominees,was backed in 1972 by nearly 60 percent of his party's voters. 即使是近年在各党提名人中获得支持率最低的民主党候选人乔治?麦戈文， 在1972年仍然得到本党几乎60%的投票人的拥护。 “who had„among recent nominees”是一个非限制性定语从句，修饰先行词 “George McGovern”。 “back”在句中用作动词，意识是“支持，拥护” ,例句,You should back your friend in an argument. 在辩论中你应该支持 你的朋友。 Many of his friends backed his plan. 他的许多朋友支持他的计划。 2(The slogan was„,which ultimately was the issue that defeated Buch. “which ultimately was the issue that defeated Buch”是一个非限制性定语从句，修饰先行词“the nation's slow,moving economy。” “that defeated Buch” 是一个定语从句，修饰名词“issue”。 3(In 1991,„the highest level recorded since polling began in the 1930s. “recorded”是一个过去分词，在句中充当定语，修饰“the highest level.” ,例句,Did you read the instructions written on the box? 你看过写在盒 子上的说明了吗? Water taken from the river is pure enough to drink. 从这条河里 取的水可以饮用。 【课文练习答案】 ?.1.d 2.b 3.c 4.b 5.d ?. 1.beat(defeat) 2.decisive(critical) 3.faithfulness(loyalty) 4.forceful effect(impact) 5.finally(ultimately) 6.difficult(tough) 7.support(approval) 8.arouse;excite(stir) 9.the position of a president(presidency) 10.overpowering(overwhelming) ?. 1.strategy 2.election 3.democracy 4.presidency 5.economy 6.constitution 7.loyalty 8.motivation 9.certainty 10.provision ?. for,lost,without,cost,buy,rage,altered ?. 1(In the United States,presidential elections occur every 4 years. 2(Usually a major,party nominee has a higher approval rating than a minor,party nominee. 3(Strategy is critical in the presidential election. 4(In order to get the votes,the presidential candidates are particularly concerned with the important states. 5(Out of a dozen political parties in America,only two are the leading ones. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.strategical b.strategically c.strategy 60 大学英语自学教程(下) d.strategist 2.a.represent b.representation c.representative 3.a.democratic b.democracy c.democrat 4.a.nominal b.nominate c.nomination d.nominee ?. 1.certainty 2.impact 3.provision 4.stirring 5.election 6.declined 7.pursued 8.Congress 9.overwhelming 10.loyalty ?. 1(His return to the country will bring great impact on the political circle. 2(Everyone should be concerned with the country's future. 3(Hong Kong's return stirs very greatly all over the world. 4( 5(He is one of the most authoritative representatives. 6(tudy. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 美国的两党 制度 关于办公室下班关闭电源制度矿山事故隐患举报和奖励制度制度下载人事管理制度doc盘点制度下载 No one now living in the United States can remember when the contest began between the Democratic and the Republican parties. It has been going on for more than a century, making it one of the oldest political rivalries in the world. 现在生活在美国的人中没有一个人能够记起民主党和共和党是何时开始进行竞争 的。这种竞争历经了100多年，成为世界上最古老的政治竞争之一。 The American political system is a classical example of the two-party system. When we say that we have a two-party system in the United States we do not mean that we have only two parties. Usually about;i dozen parties nominate presidential candidates. We call it a two-party system because we have two large parties and a number of small parties, and the large parties are so large that we often forget about the rest. Usually the small parties collectively poll less than 5 per cent of the vote cast in national elections. 美国的政治制度是两党制度的一个典范，我们说在美国实行两党制度，并非说只 有两个政党。通常大约有十几个政党提出他们的总统侯选人。我们之所以称之为两党 制，是因为我们有两个大党和许多小党。大党太大，所以我们常常忽视了那些小党。 通常小党派合在一起在全国选举中得票低于全国所投票数的5%。 The Democratic and Republican parties are the largest and most competitive organizations in the American community. They organize the electorate very simply by maintaining the two-party system. Americans almost inevitably become Democrats or Republicans because there is usually no other place for them to go. Moreover, because the rivalry of these parties is very old, most Americans know where they belong in the system. As a consequence of the dominance of the major parties, most elected officials are either Republicans or Democrats. Attempts to break up this old system have been made in every presidential election in the past one hundred years, but the system has survived all assaults. 民主党和共和党是美国社会中最大和最具有竞争力的组织，通过维持两党制他们 很容易组织起自己的选民。美国人几乎不是民主党就是共和党，因为通常情况下他们 别无选择。而且因为这两个政党竞争由来已久，大多数美国人对自己在这个两党体制 61 大学英语自学教程(下) 中的立场十分清楚。两个大党占主导地位的结果是多数当选者要么是共和党人，要么 是民主党人。在过去100年的历届总统竞选中，人们都试图打破这一旧的制度，但这 一体制还是在种种非难中幸存了下来。 How does it happen that the two-party system is so strongly rooted in American politics? The explanation is probably to be found in the way elections are conducted. In the United States, unlike countries with a parliamentary system of government, we elect not only the President, but a large number of other officials, about 800,000 of them. We also elect congressmen from single-member districts. For example, we elect 435 members of the House of Representatives from 435 districts (there are a few exceptions), one member for each district. Statistically, this kind of election favors the major parties. The system of elections makes it easy for the major parties to maintain their dominant position, because they are likely to win more than their share of the offices. 两党制如此稳固地植根于美国政治之中，那么它是如何形成的呢?我们可能会从选 举进行的方式中找到解释。不同于其他拥有议会制政府的国家，在美国我们不仅选举 总统，而且选举多达800000名其他政府官员。国会议员也是从每票区中选出来的。例 如，我们从435个选区中(有个别例外)选举435位国会议员，每个选区一位。从统计 学上来看，这种选举大党占便宜。这种选举制度使大党能较轻松地维持其主导地位， 因为他们赢得的席位可能比他们应得的份额多。 One of the great consequences of the system is that it produces majorities automatically. Because there are only two competitors in the running, it is almost inevitable that one will receive a majority. Moreover, the system tends slightly to exaggerate the victory of the winning party. This is not always true, but the strong tendency to produce majorities is built into the system. 这一制度造成的一个重要结果是它自动地产生了多数。因为只有两个竞争者参加 竞选，几乎必然会有一个政党获得多数票。而且这种制度稍稍有些夸大获胜党派的成 功的倾向。虽然并非总是如此，但是产生多数的强烈倾向已经形成这一制度的特征。 In over 200 years of constitutional history, Americans have learned much about the way in which the system can be managed so as to make possible the peaceful transfer of power from one party to the other. At the level of presidential elections, the party in power has been overturned by the party out of power nineteen times, almost once a decade. In the election of 1860, the political system broke down, and the Civil War, the worst disaster in American history, resulted. Our history justifies our confidence in the system hut also shows that it is not foolproof. 在200多年的宪政历史中，美国人已经学会了很多关于这种制度运作的方式，这 种运作方式可以使政权和平地从一个政党手中转移到另一个政党手中。在总统选举中， 执政党被在野党推翻过19次，几乎每十年一次。在1860年的选举中，这一政治体制 瓦解，结果爆发了美国历史上最大灾难——美国内战。我们的历史证明我们有理由对 这一制度保持信心，但历史也表明了这一制度不是万无一失的。 The second major party is able to survive a defeat because the statistical tendency that exaggerates the victory of the winning party operates even more strongly in favor of the second party against the third, fourth, and fifth parties. As a result, the defeated major 62 大学英语自学教程(下) party is able to maintain a monopoly of the opposition. The advantage of the second party over the third is so great that it is the only party that is likely to he able to overturn the party in power. It is able, therefore, to attract the support of everyone seriously opposed to the party in power. The second party is important as long as it can monopolize the movement to overthrow the party in power, because it is certain to come into power sooner or later. 第二大党能够在失败中生存下来，因为统计学上夸大获胜党成功的倾向有利于第 二大党对抗第三、第四、第五大党。因此败北的大党能够在反对派中享有垄断地位。 第二大党对第三大党的优势是非常大的，所以它是惟一有可能推翻执政党的政党。因 此它能吸引每一个强烈反对执政党的人的支持。只要第二大党能够主导推翻执政党的 运动，它的地位就是举足轻重的，因为它迟早将重新执政。 Another consequence of the two-party system is that whereas minor parties are likely to identify themselves with special interests or special programs and thus take extreme positions, the major parties are so large that they tend to be moderate. Evidence of the moderation of the major parties is that much business is conducted across party lines. What happens when the Democrats control one house of Congress and the Republicans control the other? About the same volume of legislation is passed as when one party controls both houses, although some important legislation is likely to be blocked temporarily. It is possible to carry on the work of the government even when party control is divided because party differences are not fundamental. 两党制的另一结果是，小党因为很可能要支持特殊利益或特殊计划，因而采取一 些极端立场，而大党因规模庞大而倾向于采取温和立场。大党的温和倾向的证据是， 很多事情都是超越了党派界限进行的。当民主党控制了参众两院的一个而共和党控制 了另一个时，情况会怎么样呢?如同一政党控制着参众两院时的情形一样，尽管某些重 要的法案有可能暂时搁置，而大约有同样多的法案会获得通过。对政府部门的控制权 即使分属于不同的党派，政府的工作仍然有可能进行下去，因为党派分歧并不是根本 性的。 【课文难点注释】 1(„,becaue they are likely to win more than their share of the offices. “be likely to”的意思是“很可能的”。 ,例句,He is not likely to succeed.他大概不会成功。 I thought I wasn't likely ever to see you again. 我想我不可能 再见到你了。 “share”在句中用作名词，意思是“(某人的)一份;份额”。 ,例句,Please let me take a share in the expenses. 请让我出一份这些费 用。 We shall all have a share in the profits. 我们都可以分得一份 利润。 2(About the same volume of legislation is passed as when one party controls both houses,although same important legislation is likely to be blocked temporarily. “as”是一个连词，意思是“如，像”，引导表示状态的副词从句。 ,例句,Leave it as it is.保持原状，不要动它。 Do it as I do it.照我的样子做。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.T 3.T 4.F 5.F 6.F 7.F 8.T 9.T 10.F Democratic,Republican 2.poll,cast 3.rivalry 63 大学英语自学教程(下) 4.rooted 5.conducted 6.favors,maintain,dominant 7.automatic,inevitable 8.in power,overturned 9.monopolize 10.extreme,moderate 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.majority 2.broken 3.dozen 4.came into power 5.opposition 6.transfer 7.belongs to 8.nominated 9.in favor of 10.overturned ?. 1.dominate(支配，占优势) dominant(支配的，占优势的) dominaticn(控制，统治) dominance(优势，统治) 2.compete(竞争) competitor(竞争者) competition(竞争) competitive(竞争的) 3.opposition(反对) oppose(反对) opposite(反对的，对立的) 4.carry on(继续，经营) carry out(执行，实行) carry away(使 失去自控能力，使失去理智) 5.nominate(提名，任命，命名) nomination(提名，任命) nominee(被 提名者) nominal(名义上的) 6.collect(收集) collection(收集、收藏) collective(集体的) 7.automatic(自动的) automatically(自动地) automobile(汽车) automotive(汽车的，自动推进的) 8.elect(选举) election(选举) electorate(全体选民，选区) Unit 11 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 为科学而献身, Professor Colin Blakemore works at Oxford University Medical School doing research into eye problems and believes that animal research has given humans many benefits: 科林?布莱克默教授在牛津大学医学院做眼科研究工作，他相信对动物的研究会 给人类带来很多好处。 The use of animals has been central to the development of anaesthetics, vaccines and treatments for diabetes, cancer, developmental disorders...most of the major medical advances have been based on a background of animal research and development. 使用动物对于麻醉学和疫苗的发展，对糖尿病、癌症和发育紊乱的治疗等都有着 极为重要的意义，大多数重大的医疗发展都建立在对动物的研究和开发的基础上。 There are those who think the tests are simply unnecessary. The International Association Against Painful Experiments on Animals is an organization that promotes the use of alternative methods of research which do not make animals suffer. Their spokesman Colin Smith says: 有些人认为这些实验是毫无必要的。“国际反对用动物做痛苦实验协会”是一个 旨在促使人们使用可替换方法，从而使动物不受痛苦的组织。他们的发言人科林?史 密斯说: Animal research is irrelevant to our health and it can often produce misleading results. People and animals are different in their reactions to drugs and in the way their bodies work. We only have to look at some of the medical mistakes to see this is so. 对动物的研究和我们的健康毫不相干，而且它时常产生起误导作用的结果。人和 动物对于药物的反应不同，而且它们肌体的运行方式也不同，我们只须看一些医疗事 64 大学英语自学教程(下) 故就会明白这一点。 But Professor Blackmore stresses: It would be completely irresponsible and unethical to use drugs on people that had not been thoroughly tested on animals. The famous example of thalidomide is a case for more animal testing, not less. The birth defects that the drug produced were a result of inadequate testing. If thalidomide were invented today, it would never be released for human use because new tests on pregnant animals would reveal the dangers. 但是科林?布莱克默教授强调说: 没有在动物身上进行全面的试验之前就把药物用在人类身上，是完全不负责任和 不道德的行为。著名的萨立多胺案例就告诉我们:要进行更多的而不是更少的动物试 验。药物引起的生育缺陷就是试验不够充分的结果。如果萨立多胺是今天发明的，它 将决不会被用在人类身上，因为对怀孕动物的试验就会显示出它的害处。 Another organization that is developing other methods of research is FRAME. This is the Fund for the Replacement of Animals in Medical Experiments. It recognises that many experiments still have to be done on animals and is aiming for Reduction, Refinement and Replacement of animals in experiments. In 1981, it established a research programme to improve and expand non-animal testing. Increasingly, new technology is making it easier for us to find alternative methods of testing. Computer models can be used to simulate the way that cells work and to try to predict the toxicity of chemicals. Data from previous animal experiments is used to develop a computer model which will predict what will happen if you add a chemical with an unknown biological effect to a substance. The eventual aim of computer modeling is to reduce the number of animals used in experiments. 另外一个正在从事开发其他研究方法的组织是FRAME。FRAME就是“取代动物作医 学实验基金会”的简称。它认识到许多试验仍须在动物身上进行，它的目标是减少、 限制和取代试验中的动物。1981年它建立了一个研究计划，目的在于改进和推广无动 物试验。新技术日益使我们更加容易找到可替代的实验方法。计算机模型可以用来摸 拟细胞活动的方式，预测化学药品的毒性。以前动物试验的数据被用来开发一个计算 机模型，这一模型将会预测出把一种未知其生物效果的化学药品加入到某一种物质之 后所产生的情况。计算机模型的最终目标是减少用于试验的动物的数量。 The Lethal Dose 50 test (LD50) may also be replaced. In the original test, all the animals in a test group are given a substance until half of them die. The test indicates toxicity. A method using a fixed amount, which gives the same eventual information but uses fewer animals and does not require that they die, may replace the LD50. Many other new techniques are now available that enable more research to be done in the test tube to see if chemicals produce harmful biological effects. The number of animals used in laboratory tests has declined over the last 20 years. This is partly due to alternatives and partly to the fact that experiments are better designed so fewer need to be used -- healthier animals provide better experimental results. For example, it used to take 36 monkeys to test a sample of polio vaccine, now it takes only 22. Also, lack of money has reduced the number of animals used --they are expensive to buy and expensive to keep. 65 大学英语自学教程(下) “药剂致死剂量50试验(LD50)”也可以被取代。在最初的试验中，给一个试验组 中的所有动物施用一种物质直到它们中的一半死亡。这个试验显示出了毒性。现在一 种使用固定数量的方法可以取代“药剂致死量50试验”，这种方法可以得出同样的结 果，但是使用较少的动物而且不需要它们死掉。现在已有许多其他的新技术，可使更 多的研究工作在试管中进行，并且能够发现化学药品是否产生有害的生物效果。在过 去的20年里，实验室试验使用的动物数量已经下降，其部分原因是有了替代方法，部 分原因是实验设计得较好，所需动物较少，更加健康的动物提供了优良的实验结果。 例如，过去常常需要用36只猴子来检验一个脊髓灰质炎疫苗的样本，现在只需22只。 资金的缺乏也减少了动物使用的数量——购买和饲养它们的费用都很昂贵。 Birmingham University now has Britain’s first department of Biomedical Ethics. Professor David Morton of the department is involved in animal research and is concerned with reducing animal suffering as much as possible. Animals spend 95% of their time in their cages and refinement also means making their lives better when not undergoing tests. This includes keeping them in more suitable cages, allowing social animals like dogs to live together and trying to reduce the boredom that these animals can experience. 现在伯明翰大学有英国第一个生物医学伦理学系，该系的莫顿教授参与动物研究 并对尽可能减少动物的痛苦十分关注。动物们95%的时间都呆在笼子中，条件的改善使 动物在没有经受试验时可以活得更好一些，包括让他们呆在更加适合的笼子中，让那 些喜欢合群的动物(如狗)在一起生活，尽量减少这些动物可能感到的厌烦。 In Professor Morton’s laboratory, rabbits live together in large runs, filled with deep litter and boxes that they can hide in. The researchers have also refined some experiments. In the US, one experiment in nerve regeneration involves cutting a big nerve in a rat’s leg, leaving its leg paralysed. In Morton’s lab, the researcher cuts a small nerve in the foot. He can see if it can regrow and the rat can still run around its cage. 莫顿教授的实验室里，大批兔子一起生活，里面有厚厚的干草和盒子以供它们藏 匿。研究人员还改进了一些实验。在美国，一个神经再生实验需要割断老鼠腿上的一 根大的神经，使它的腿瘫痪。在莫顿的实验室里，研究人员割断了它的爪子上的一根 小神经，他能够看到这一神经能否再生，而老鼠仍能够在笼了中到处跑。 Even with these new developments in research, only a tiny proportion of all tests are done without using animals at some stage. The use of animals in experiments cannot stop immediately if medical research is to continue and consumer products are to he properly tested, and Professor Blakemore believes that sometimes there are no alternatives: 尽管在研究方面取得了许多新的进展，但是只有极小一部分实验能够在某一阶段 不用动物进行。如果医学研究要继续进行，消费产品要严格检测，那么在实验中使用 动物的情况不能立刻停止，布莱克默教授相信有时根本不会有替代的方法。 Wherever possible, for both ethical and scientific reasons, we do not use animals. But cells live in animals and we can only really see how they behave when they are inside animals. We cannot possibly reproduce in a test tube or a computer model all the complex reactions of the body to a drug or a disease. When it comes to research into heart disease and its effects on the body, or diseases of the brain for example, we do not have adequate substitutes for the use of animals. 66 大学英语自学教程(下) 由于伦理和科学的原因，在任何有可能的地方，我们都不使用动物。但是细胞生 长在动物体内，只有当它们在动物体内时，我们才能真正看清它们如何活动。我们不 可能在试管中或者是在计算机模型中看出肌体对一种药物或者是一种疾病的复杂反 应。例如，对心脏病或它对身体的影响，或者对大脑疾病的研究来讲，我们没有合适 的东西来代替动物的使用。 As research techniques become more advanced, the number of animals used in experiments may decrease, but stopping testing oil animals altogether is a long way away. 随着研究技术越来越先进，用于实验的动物数量会逐渐减少，但是完全停止在动 物身上做试验还有漫长的路要走。 【课文难点注释】 1(There are those who think the tests are simply unnecessary. “who think„unnecessary”是定语从句，修饰先行词 those。 2(People and animals are different in their reactions to drugs and in the way their bodies work. 句中“the way”可用副词“how”代替，相当于连接词。 ,例句,She was greatly shocked by the way things were done how in that country.她对那个国家的做事方法大为震惊。 I hate the way she stares at me. 我不喜欢她盯着我看的样子。 3(It would be completely irresponsible and unethical to use drugs on people that had not been thoroughly tested on animals. “that had not„on animals”是定语从句，修饰先行词“drugs”。 4(This is partly due to alternatives and partly to the fact that experiments are better„experimental results. “due to”意思是“由于，起因于”。 ,例句,The accident was due to careless drivng. 这车祸起因于驾驶疏忽。 This was in part due to financial difficulties.这部分是由于经济 困难造成的。 “that experiments„experimental results”是一个同位词从句，作 名词fact 的同位语。 ,例句,No one can deny the fact that fire burns. 无人能否认火可燃烧的 事实。 I have an idea that she will be late. 我认为她会迟到。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.b 2.d 3.a 4.d 5.d ?. 1.disorder 2.advance 3.irrelevant 4.misleading 5.irresponsible 6.eventual 7.decline 8.undergo 9.alternative 10.ethical ?. 1.a.anaesthetics b.vaccines c.treatment for diabetes d.cancer e.developmental disorders 2.a.reduction b.refinement c.replacement a.reducing the use of animals in the experiments b.improving the conditions of the animal in experiments c.completely getting rid of the use of animals in the experiments. 3.all the animals in a test group are given a substance until half of them die; using a fixed amount,using fewer animals,not requiring them to die. ?. in, children, kids, at, of, green, nine, she, soldiers ?. 1(Animal research has contributed a lot to the human medical development. 2(People have different attitudes toward whether animal re-se arch is relevant to human health. 3(The number of animals used in experiments has declined over the past 20 years. 4(The new research result shows that some experiments can be done without 67 大学英语自学教程(下) the use of animals. 5(Although medical techniques become more and more advanced, stopping testing on animals altogether is a long way away. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.develop b.developmental c.development 2.a.relevance b.irrelevant c.relevant d.relevantly 3.a.inresponsible b.responsible c.responsibility 4.a.Ethics b.ethical c.unethical ?. 1.paralysed 2.regeneration 3.simulating 4.suitable 5.misleading 6.replace 7.eventual 8.disorder 9.lethal 10.undergo ?. 1(The artist reproduced every detail of your appearance in the picture. 2(We should aim for higher productivity. 3(He offered the argument which was central to the problem. 4(I think his words are irrelevant to our topic. 5(Since more and more people are entering the city,the security in the city is undergoing a change. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 让我们停止饲养宠物 Pets are lovable, frequently delightful. The dog and the cat, the most favored of pets, are beautiful, intelligent animals. To assume the care for them can help bring out the humanity in our children and even in us. A dog or a cat can teach us a lot about human nature; they are a lot more like us than some might think. More than one owner of a dog has said that the animal understands everything he says to it. So a mother and father who have ever cared for pets are likely to be more patient and understanding with their children as well, and especially to avoid making negative or rude remarks in the presence of a child, no matter how young. 宠物可爱而且常讨人喜欢，人们最喜爱的宠物当数狗和猫，它们漂亮而且聪明。 承担起照料它们的责任有助于在我们的孩子们身上甚至我们身上培养出人情味。狗和 猫能使我们对人的本性有更多的了解。它们在许多方面很像我们，像到超出了一些人 的想象。不止一位狗的主人说过，狗能理解他所说的话。因此养过宠物的父母对他们 的子女可能会更有耐心，也更容易理解他们。特别是不管孩子多小，当着他的面，父 母会避免说消极或粗鲁的话。 It is touching to see how a cat or dog -- especially a dog -- attaches itself to a family and wants to share in all its goings and comings. If certain animal psychologists are right, a dog adopts his family in a most literal way - taking it for granted that the family is the band of dogs he belongs to. 看到猫或狗——特别是狗——对一个家庭是如何地依恋，如何地想要分享家里发 生的一切事情，是十分感人的。如果某些动物心理学家的分析是正确的话，那么一条 狗真正地接受了它的家庭，就想当然地认为这个家庭是它所归属的一群狗。 It is sometimes said that the cat "takes all and gives nothing.” But is that really true? A cat can teach us a valuable lesson about how to be contented, how to be serene and at ease, how to sit and contemplate. Whereas a dog's constant pleas for attention become, sometimes, a bit too much. Nevertheless it is the dog who can teach us lessons of loyalty 68 大学英语自学教程(下) and devotion that no cat ever knew. 有时人们说猫“只知索取，不知付出”，但真是这样吗?猫可以教给我们一些有益 的启示，教会我们怎样感到满足、安宁和舒适，如何静坐和沉思。而狗总是不停地请 求你的注意，有时会让人有点受不了。但不管怎么说，是狗教会了我们忠诚和献身， 而猫对此一无所知。 So there's plenty to be said in favor of keeping pets. But with all that in mind, I still say let's stop keeping pets. Not that a family should kill its pets. Very few could bring themselves to do that. To be practical, I am suggesting that if we do not now have a pet we should not acquire one; second, that if we now have a pet, we let it be our last one. l could never say that pets are bad. I am saying, let's give up this good thing -- the ownership of a pet -- in favor of a more imperative good. 因此，人们有足够的理由赞成饲养宠物，尽管我也知道这些，但我还是要说:让 我们停止饲养宠物吧。并非是说应该杀掉家里的宠物，很少有人能使自己去做这样的 事。从现实的角度出发，我只是建议:如果我们现在还没有宠物，就不要去弄一只来; 如果我们现在已有宠物，那么就让它成为我们养的最后一只。我决不会说宠物是坏东 西。我的意思是说，让我们放弃拥有宠物这一雅好，去做一件更加迫切的好事。 The purchase, the health care, the feeding and housing and training of a pet -- and I chiefly mean the larger, longer-lived pets -- cost time and money. Depending on the animal's size and activity, it's special tastes and needs, and the standard of living we establish for it, the care of a pet can cost from a dollar a week to a dollar or more a day. I would not for a moment deny it is worth that. 购买、医疗、饲养、提供住所和训练一只宠物——我主要是指较大的，活得较长 的宠物，耗费着人们的时间和金钱。按宠物的大小和活动规律，它的特殊嗜好和需求 以及我们为它所提供的生活 标准 excel标准偏差excel标准偏差函数exl标准差函数国标检验抽样标准表免费下载红头文件格式标准下载 ，养一只宠物的花费会从一周一美元到一天一美元甚 至更多，我从不否认它值得那样的花费。 But facts outside the walls of our home keep breaking in on our awareness. Though we do not see the poverty-stricken people of India and Africa and South America, we can never quite forget that they are there. Now and then their faces are shown in the news, or in the begging ads of relief organizations. Probably we send a donation whenever we can. 但是我们房子外面的事实却不断地闯入我们的意识。虽然我们看不到印度、非洲 和南美的饥民，但却决不能忘记他们的的确确在那里。他们的面孔不时地出现在新闻 中，出现在救济机构的求援广告里，我们很可能一有能力就会送上捐款。 But we do not, as a rule, feel a heavy personal responsibility for the afflicted and deprived for we are pretty thoroughly formed by the individualistic, competitive society we live in. The first dime we ever made was ours to spend in any way we chose. No one thought of questioning that. That attitude, formed before we had learned to think, usually prevails through our life: "I made my money. I can spend it any way I like.” 我们通常并不感到对贫穷人们负有重大的个人责任，因为我们几乎完全是由我们 生活于其中的这个个人主义的、竞争的社会所塑造成形的。我们所挣到的第一枚硬币 就应该由我们自由地花掉，没有人会对此提出疑问。这种观念形成于我们学会思考之 前，通常会主导着我们的一生:“我挣的钱，我愿意怎么花就怎么花。” 69 大学英语自学教程(下) But more and more we are reading that the people of the "Third World” feel bitter at us in the developed countries (with the United States far more developed than any of the others) for our seizing hold of two-thirds of the world's wealth and living like kings while they work away all day to earn a bare living. 但是我们越来越多地谈到“第三世界”的人民对于我们这些生活在发达国家(美 国比起其他发达国家又发达了许多)的人们充满了愤恨，因为我们占有了世界上2/3的 财富，生活得像国王一样，而他们天天辛勤劳作却只能勉强度日。 The money and the time we spend on pets is simply not our own to spend as we like in a time of widespread want and starvation. A relief organization advertises that for $33 a month they can give hospital care to a child suffering from kwashiorkor -- the severe deficiency disease which is simply a starving for protein. Doing without such a pet, and then sending the money saved to a relief organization would mean saving a life -- over the years, several human lives. 在一个遍布饥饿和贫困的时代，我们花在宠物身上的时间和金钱简单来说并不是 我们可以随心所欲花掉的。一个救济组织做广告说，每日33美元他们可以使患有恶性 营养不良的儿童去医院接受治疗，这种严重的营养缺乏症仅仅是因缺乏蛋白质所致。 不养宠物将省下的钱送给救济组织就意味着救了一条性命——几年后就会是几条性 命。 Children not suffering from such a grave disease could be fed with half that amount -- not on a diet like ours, but on plain, basic, life-sustaining food. It is not unreasonable to believe that the amount of money we spend on the average pet dog could keep a child alive in a region of great poverty. To give what we would spend on a cat might not feed a child, but it would probably pay for his medical care or basic education. The point needs no laboring. That is all that need be said. 养活一个没有遭受这一严重疾病的儿童只需上述数额的一半——不是像我们一样 吃营养配餐，而是吃那些简单的、基本的、维持生命的食物。我们完全有理由相信: 我们平均花在每一条爱犬身上的钱能够养活一个生活在极度贫困地区的儿童。把花在 一只猫身上的钱拿出来可能养活不了一个儿童，但很可能可以支付他的医疗费或者基 础教育费。这一点无须详述，我要说的就是这些。 【课文难点注释】 1(„,and especially to avoid making negative or rude remarks in the presence of a child,no matter how young. “presence”意思是“出席，到场”。 “in the presence of”意思是“在„面前，当„的面，在„在场的情况下”。 ,例句,He was calm in the presence of danger. 在危险面前，他镇定自若。 Your presence is requested at the annual general meeting. 敬请 光临一年一度的大会。 2(Doing without such a pet,and then sending the money saved to a relief organization would mean saving a life—over the years,several human lives. “Doing without such a pet,„to a relief organization”是动名词短语，在 句中充当主语。 在动名词短语中，“saved”是过去分词，作定语，修饰名词“the money”。 “—over the years,several human lives.”是省略结构，完整的句子应该是“— over the years,would mean saving several human lives.” ,例句,Improving your study habits will improve your grades. 改进学习 习惯将会提高你的学习成绩。 Taking a cold bath every day does him a lot of good. 每天冲凉 70 大学英语自学教程(下) 水澡对他非常有益。 3(If certain animal psychologists„—taking it for granted that the family is the band of dogs he belongs to. “take it for granted”意思是“认为„真实，视„为当然”。句中it是形式宾语，that引导的从句是真正的宾语。 ,例句,I keep telling myself never to take anything for granted. 我反复告诉自己凡事不要想当然。 I took it for granted that you would stay with us. 我认为你当然会和我们在一起。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.F 6.F 7.T 8.F 9.F 10.F ?. 1.lovable,delightful,favored 2.humanity 3.patient,understanding 4.attaches,going and coming 5.takes all,gives nothing,contented,serene 6.more imperative 7.purchase,health care,feeding,housing,training 8.news,begging ads 9.developed,“Third world” 10.want,starvation 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.grant 2.devotion 3.at ease 4.break in on 5.starving 6.deprived 7.take„for granted 8.brought out 9.unreasonable 10.relief 【语法练习答案】 ?. 1(欧?享利的小说的写作风格是活泼的、对话体的，结局以出人意料著称。 2(长话短说，他生气勃勃地回来了。 3(我简直不能相信这个离奇的故事。 4(请镇静下来，告诉我全部过程。 5(我从她脸上看出了事情的真相。 6(汤姆，做一个诚实的孩子，不要编瞎话。 7(他第一轮就被击败了。 8(明天大约10点钟，我会到你的办公室。 9(拿一张沙纸，打去毛边。 10(他们围着篝火跳起了舞。 11(那个女孩有一张普通的圆脸。 12(我从来没有过这种想法。 13(王教授被任命为系主任。 14(别忘了在信的上面写上地址。 15(船离开了港口，驶向大海。 ?. 1(我想申请到贵系学习。 2(我很荣幸向您介绍史密斯先生。 3(我肯定在他来到几周之内，完全可以投入到研究生课程的学习，不会有什么问题。 4(他对焊接技术的现代趋势和发展状况了如指掌。 5(汤姆工作努力，而且招人喜爱。 6(我期望着和你取得进一步联系。 7(欲知详情，请来函。 8(他肯定是应某人的请求做了那事。 9(我不反对你的意见。 10(当心，别从梯子上掉下来。 11(恐怕琼斯先生不在家。 12(他体质弱但智力很好。 13(校长非常希望你能参加这个会议。 14(作为一个哲学家，他带有他那个时代的鲜明特征。 15(戴维受到了热烈欢迎，感到非常高兴。 16(一只偶尔飞来的蝴蝶从窗子里飞进飞出。 17(没有一丝风。 18(这件上衣是冬天穿的，别把它做得太瘦了。 71 大学英语自学教程(下) 19(他们捕了很多鱼。 20(骆驼具有连续几天不喝水的特殊本领。 Unit 12 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 让头脑畅想 Until recently daydreaming was generally considered either a waste of time or a symptom of neurotic tendencies, and habitual daydreaming was regarded as evidence of maladjustment or an escape from life realities and responsibilities. It was believed that habitual daydreaming would eventually distance people from society and reduce their effectiveness in coping with real problems. At its best, daydreaming was considered a compensatory substitute for the real things in life. 直到最近人们还认为白日梦要么是浪费时间，要么是神经病的先兆，习惯性白日 梦被看作是不适应环境的表现，或者是对现实生活和责任的一种逃避。人们相信习惯 性的白日梦最终会拉开人与社会的距离，降低人们处理实际问题的能力，充其量，白 日梦只不过被看作是对生活中真实事物的一种补偿。 As with anything carried to excess, daydreaming can be harmful. There are always those who would substitute fantasy lives for the rewards of real activity. But such extremes are relatively rare, and there is a growing body of evidence to support the fact that most people suffer from a lack of daydreaming rather than an excess of it. We are now beginning to learn how valuable it really is and that when individuals are completely prevented from daydreaming, their emotional balance can be disturbed. Not only are they less able to deal with the pressures of day-to-day existence, but also their self-control and self-direction become endangered. 任何事物做得过分都可能有害，白日做梦也是一样，总有那么一些人，他们用想 入非非的生活来代替实际活动得到的回报。但是这一类极端的情况较为罕见，愈来愈 多的资料却支持这样一种看法:大多数人白日梦不是做得过多，而是不够。我们现在 才刚刚了解到白日梦实际上是多么有价值，而当个人被完全阻止白日做梦时，人的情 绪平衡会受到干扰。不但应付日常生存的能力有所降低，而且自我控制和调节的能力 也会出问题。 Recent research indicates that daydreaming is part of daily life and that a certain amount each day is essential for maintaining equilibrium. Daydreaming, science has discovered, is an effective relaxation technique. But its beneficial effects go beyond this. Experiments show that daydreaming significantly contributes to intellectual growth, powers of concentration, and the ability to interact and communicate with others. 最近的研究表明，白日做梦是日常生活的一部分，人们每天必须有一定量的白日 梦来维持平衡。科学发现，白日做梦是一种有效的放松方法。但它的好处绝不止于此。 实验证明，白日做梦对于智力的增长，注意力的集中，对与别人交往与交流的能力都 起着十分重要的作用。 In an experiment with schoolchildren in New York, Dr. Joan Freyberg observed improved concentration: "There was less running around, more happy feelings, more talking and playing in the group, and more attention paid to detail." 72 大学英语自学教程(下) 在纽约对在校生做的实验中，琼?弗雷伯格教授对儿童注意力的改善状况进行了 观察:“他们不再像过去那样到处乱跑，有更加愉快的感觉，在一起说话也多了，也 更愿意玩了，对细节也更加注意了。” In another experiment at Yale University, Dr. Jerome Singer found that daydreaming resulted in improved self-control and enhanced creative thinking ability. Daydreaming, Singer pointed out, is one way individuals can improve upon reality. It is, he concluded, a powerful spur to achievement. 在耶鲁大学进行的另一个实验中，杰罗姆?辛格博士发现，白日做梦可以改善自 控能力，提高创造思维能力。辛格指出，白日做梦是人们改进现实的一种方法。他得 出结论说，它对成就的取得是一种强有力的激励。 'But the value of daydreaming does not stop here. It has been found that it improves a person's ability to be better adapted to practical, immediate concerns, to solve everyday problems, and to come up more readily with new ideas. Contrary to popular belief, constant and conscious effort at solving a problem is, in reality, one of the most inefficient ways of coping with it. While conscious initial effort is always necessary, effective solutions to especially severe problems frequently occur when conscious attempts to solve them have been put off. Inability to relax, to let go of a problem, often prevents its solution. 但是白日做梦的价值并非就这么多，人们已经发现，白日做梦能提高一个人的能 力，使他能更好地适应实际的、突发性的事务，解决日常问题，并能较容易地提出新 的想法。与人们的普通看法相反，解决问题时不断地和刻意地努力实际上是一种解决 问题效率最低的办法。尽管最初的刻意努力总是必要的，但解决特别重大问题的有效 方法都是经常出现在推迟刻意解决问题的努力之时。不会放松，不会对某个问题置之 不理，常常妨碍问题的解决。 Historically, scientists and inventors are one group that seems to take full advantage of relaxed moments. Their biographies reveal that their best ideas seem to have occurred when they were relaxing and daydreaming. It is well known, for example, that Newton solved many of his toughest problems when his attention was waylaid by private musings. Thomas Alva Edison also knew the value of "half waking?states. Whenever confronted with a task which seemed too hard to be dealt with, he would stretch out on his laboratory sofa and let fantasies flood his mind. 从历史上来看，科学家和发明家似乎都是一些充分利用时间放松的人。从他们的 传记中可以看出，他们一些最好的想法似乎却是出现在他们放松和做白日梦时。例如， 人们都知道，牛顿在独自沉思时解决了许多最棘手的问题。托马斯?A?爱迪生也深知 “迷蒙”状态的好处。无论何时遇到棘手的工作时，他都会躺在实验室的沙发上，让 头脑中充满幻想。 Painters, writers, and composers also have drawn heavily on their sensitivity to inner fantasies. Debussy used to gaze at the River Seine and the golden reflections of the setting sun to establish an atmosphere for creativity. Brahms found that ideas came effortless only when he approached a state of deep daydreaming. And Cesar Frank is said to have walked around with a dreamlike gaze while composing, seemingly totally unaware of his 73 大学英语自学教程(下) surroundings. 画家、作家和作曲家都十分依赖对内心幻觉的敏感性。德彪西过去常常凝视着塞 纳河落日的金色倒影，从中找到一种创作的氛围，勃拉姆斯发现只有当他深深地陷入 白日梦境中，才能毫不费力地得到灵感。据说恺撒?弗兰克创作时到处走动，双目梦 幻般凝视前方，似乎对周围的环境浑然不知。 Many successful people actually daydreamed their successes and achievements long before they realized them. Henry J. Kaiser maintained that "you can imagine your future,?and he believed that a great part of his business success was due to positive use of daydreams. Harry S. Truman said that he used daydreaming for rest. Conrad Hilton dreamed of operating a hotel when he was a boy. He recalled that all his accomplishments were first realized in his imagination. 实际上，许多成功者在实现他们的成功和成就很久以前，就曾梦想过他们的成功 和成就。享利?丁?凯泽认为:“你可以想像出你的未来。”而且他相信他生意上的 大部分成功是由于他正确运用了他的梦想。哈里?S?杜鲁门说他利用做白日梦来休 息。康拉德?希尔小时候曾梦想经营一家旅馆。他回忆说，他所有的成功都是首先在 梦中实现的。 "Great living starts with a picture, held in some person's imagination, of what he would like someday to do or be. Florence Nightingale dreamed of being a nurse. Edison pictured himself an inventor; all such characters escaped the mere push of circumstance by imagining a future so vividly that they headed for it? These are the words of the well-known thinker Dr. Harry Emerson Fosdick, and they show that people can literally daydream themselves to success. Fosdick, aware of the wonderful power of positive daydreaming. offered this advice: "Hold a picture of yourself long and steadily enough in your mind's eye, and you will be drawn toward it. Picture yourself vividly as defeated and that alone will make victory impossible. Picture yourself as winning and that will contribute remarkably to success. Do not picture yourself as anything, and you will drift like an abandoned ship at sea." “令人满意的生活起源于头脑中想象中的画面，在画面中有他想做的事情或者是 理想中的角色。费罗伦丝?南丁格尔梦想着成为一名护士，爱迪生梦想成为发明家。 所有这些人都是通过对他们为之奋斗的未来作生动的构想，摆脱了对外界鼓励的依 靠。”这些话出自著名的思想家哈里?爱默生?福斯迪克之口，它表明人们的确能够 通过梦想达到成功。福斯迪克意识到积极的白日梦的神奇力量，他提出这样的建议: 在脑海中长时间稳定地存有一幅自己未来的画面，你就会被它吸引;把自己想象成为 一个失败者，仅此一点就会使你与成功无缘;把自己想象成一个成功者，就会极大地 促使你成功。不能想象出自己的未来，那么你就会像漂浮在海洋上的弃船。 To get the results, you should picture yourself -- as vividly as possible -- as you want to be. The important thing to remember is to picture these desired objectives as if you had already attained them. Go over several times the details of these pictures. This will deeply impress them on your memory, and these memory traces will soon start influencing your everyday behavior toward the attainment of the goal. 要想有所作为，你应该尽可能生动地想象出你理想的形象。要记住的重点是把这 些要达到的目标想象成好像你已经完成。然后反复检查这些画面的细节，这样它们会 74 大学英语自学教程(下) 给你留下深刻的印象，这些记忆痕不久就会影响你为达目标而进行的日常活动。 While exercising your imagination, you should be alone and completely undisturbed. Some individuals seem to have the ability to tune into their private selves in the midst of the noisiest crowds or company. But most of us, especially when the experience is new, require an environment free from outside distraction. 在想象时，你应该独处而且丝毫不受外界干扰。有些人似乎能在最嘈杂的人群之 中进行自我调节进入安静状态。但是我们大多数人，特别是刚刚开始做白日梦时，需 要一种免受外界干扰的环境。 A life lived without fantasy and daydreaming is a seriously impoverished one. Each of us should put aside a few minutes daily, taking short 10- or 15-minute vacations. Daydreaming is highly beneficial to your physical and mental well-being, and you will find that this modest, inexpensive investment in time will add up to a more creative and imaginative, a more satisfied, and a more self-fulfilled you. It offers us a fuller sense of being intensely alive from moment to moment, and this, of course, contributes greatly to the excitement and joy of living. 没有幻想，没有白日梦的生活是极度乏味的生活，我们每一个人每天都应留出些 时间，休上10,15分钟的短假。白日做梦对你的身心健康高度有益，你会发现这一小 小的廉价的时间投资最终带来的是一个更有创造性、更富想象力、一个更心满意足和 一个更踌躇满志的你，它常常使我们更充分地意识到生活的紧张激烈，这当然能够增 加生活的兴奋与喜悦。 【课文难点注释】 1(At its best,daydreaming was considered a compensatory substitute for the real things in life. “at its best”意思是“处于最佳状态，在全盛期中”。 ,例句,The garden is at its best this month. 花园在这个月正是开花的旺 季。 The days when Spain was at her best are long since gone. 西班 牙的鼎盛期早已过去。 2(That was less running„and more attention paid to detail. “paid to detail”是过去分词短语，在句中作定语，修饰attention。 “pay to”意思是“给予，付出(如注意力，敬意等)”。 ,例句,Please pay more attention to your work. 请多加注意你的工作。 3(A life lived without fantasy and daydreaming is a seriously impoverish ed one.没有幻想，没有白日梦的一生是严重贫乏的一生。 “lived without fantasy and daydreaming”是过去分词短语，在句中充当定语 ， 修饰名词“A life”。词组的结构为“live a life with/without”意思是“过着有(没 有)„的生活” ,例句,The young heiress lived a life of luxury. 年轻的女继承人过着奢 侈的生活。 The old couple lived a miserable life without enough food. 这 对老夫妇过着吃不饱的悲惨生活。 【课文练习答案】 ?.1.b 2.d 3.d 4.a 5.c II. 1.symptom 2.reduce 3.substitute 4.fantasy 5.equilibrium 6.concentration 7.enhance 8.spur 9.compose 10.wander ?. 1(a maintaining equilibrium b.an effective relaxation 2(a.intellectual growth b.powers of concentration c.the ability to 75 大学英语自学教程(下) interact d.the ability to communicate 3。Dr.Joan Freyberg's 4(Dr.Jerome Singer's 5(Daydreaming improves a person's ability to be better adapted to practical,immediate concerns,to solve everyday problems,and to come up more readily with new ideas. ?. but,love,Get,police,by,speak ?. 1(Recent research shows that daydreaming is part of the daily life. 2(Daydreaming is not only beneficial to the psychological equilibrium,but also able to enhance people's self-control. 3(Historically,many scientists and inventors made full use of daydreaming. 4(While composing,some composers almost entered into a state of deep daydreaming. 5(Don't picture yourself as defeated,but as winning in your dream. 【词汇练答案】 ?. 1.a.habitual b.habit c.habitually 2.a.compensation b.compensates c.compensatory 3.a.invention b.invented c.inventor 4.a.created b.creativity c.creation d.creative e.creators II. 1.modest 2.maladjustment 3.initial 4.muse 5.vividly 6.waylaid 7.surroundings 8.undisturbed 9.effortless 10.abandoned 11.aware 12.free from 13.draws on 14.Contrary to 15.beneficial to 16.at sea 17.put off 18.come up 19.confronted with 20.substitute for ?. 1(There were 100 people attending the conference at best. 2(He spent two years finishing a book,called Reflection on the Past. 3(We should confront hardships in our lives instead of escaping from them. 4(The teacher's praise enhanced his confidence. 5(When exercising your imagination,you should be free from the normal thinking patten. 6(Go over the manual before installing the equipment. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 睡觉，偶尔做做梦 So you awoke this morning in a miserable mood. Well, maybe your special dream character didn't put in an appearance last night, or maybe there just weren't enough people drifting through your dreams. 你今天早上醒来，情绪十分糟糕。唔，也许你特别的梦中人昨夜未曾入梦来，要 么就可能是没有足够的人出现在你的梦中。 If that sounds like far-fetched fantasy, consider these interesting findings that have emerged from eight years of sleep and dream research at the Veterans Administration Hospital in Cincinnati, Ohio: 如果这些听起来像牵强的幻想，那么请考虑下面的这些发现，它们是俄亥俄州辛 辛那提退伍军人管理医院对睡眠和梦所做的几年研究的结果。 While sleep affects how sleepy, friendly, aggressive, and unhappy we feel after awakening, feelings of happiness or unhappiness depend most strongly on our dreams. 睡眠影响着我们醒后的感觉:是否困倦，是否友好，是否爱找茬以及是否愉快， 76 大学英语自学教程(下) 但是否幸福的感觉更大程度上取决于我们的梦境。 Each of us has a special dream character, a type of person whose appearance in our dreams makes us feel happier when we awake. What we dream at night isn't as important to how we feel in the morning as the number of people who appear in our dreams. The more people, the better we feel. 我们每个人都有一种特定的梦中人，他在梦中出现可以使我们醒后倍感幸福。对 于清晨的感觉来说，梦到什么事不如梦见人的数量多少重要。梦中的人物越多，我们 感觉就越好。 Our sleep influences our mood. Our mood, in turn, affects our performance. And throughout the day, our levels of mood and performance remain closely linked. 睡眠影响着我们的情绪。我们的情绪又影响着我们的行为。在一整天中，我们的 情绪水平和行为水平保持着密切的联系。 During the past two decades, research has greatly expanded our knowledge about sleep and dreams. Scientists have identified various stages of sleep, and they have found that humans can function well on very little sleep, but only if they dream. Yet the true function of sleep and dreaming continues to elude precise explanation. 在过去的20年中，研究大大扩展了我们关于睡眠和梦的知识。科学家们已经确认 了睡眠的各个阶段，他们发现人在睡眠很少的情况下机体仍能够很好运转，但只是在 睡眠时做了梦才如此。然而对于睡眠和做梦的功能，仍不能作出准确的解释。 In 1970 Milton Kramer and Thomas Roth, researchers at the VA Hospital and the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, respectively, raised this question: Do our moods in the morning relate in any way to our sleep and dreams the previous night? 1920年，退伍军人管理医院的弥尔顿?克莱默和辛辛那提大学医学院的托马 斯?罗斯各自提出这一问题:我们早上的情绪和我们头天夜里的睡眠和做梦有没有联 系呢? Human experience suggests that they do. Certainly we generally feel better after a good night抯 sleep. But Drs. Kramer and Roth sought a much more definitive answer. And that answer, though still evolving, is a positive yes. 人们的经验会说，它们确实有联系。当然，在一夜的足睡之后，我们一般会感觉 较好，但是克莱默和罗斯两位医生找到了一个更加明确的答案。尽管这个答案还在继 续充实，但它是肯定的。 Kramer and Roth began by seeking to determine whether one's mood differs between night and morning, and whether this is related directly to sleep. They found that there is a difference, and it is definitely related to sleep. Then they explored the various aspects of mood and their relationship to the various stages of sleep and dreaming. 克莱默和罗斯开始这种研究时，是通过研究人们夜晚和早上的情绪是否有所不同， 这种情绪是否和睡眠直接相关。他们发现情绪有差异，而且确实与睡眠有关，接着他 们研究了情绪的各个方面，以及它们与睡眠和做梦的各个阶段的关系。 What does a good night's sleep mean to our mood? Generally we are happier, less aggressive, sleepier, and, a bit surprisingly, less friendly. Being sleepier is easily 77 大学英语自学教程(下) explained. It simply takes a little time to become fully alert after awakening. 一夜的足睡对我们的情绪意味着什么呢?一般来说，我们会更愉快，不那么有攻击 性，更瞌睡，而且令人不解的是，还不那么友好。更瞌睡容易理解，它仅是醒后花点 时间使自己清醒而已。 But why should we feel less friendly? Here the researchers must speculate a little. They suggest the answer may be the lack of association with other humans during the period of sleep. 但是为什么我们会感觉不那么友好呢?这里研究人员必须作点猜测，他们说可能和 人们在睡眠时缺少与人交往有关。 Once the two doctors established scientifically what common sense and folk wisdom had long taught -- namely, that there is link between sleep and how we feel -- they set out to learn what parts of our mood are related to which specific parts of the sleep cycle. 两位医生一旦把常识和民间智慧长期教给人们的东西——即睡眠和我们的感觉之 间有联系——科学地确定下来，他们就着手了解我们的情绪的什么部分与睡眠周期的 哪些具体部分有关。 Normal sleep is broken into five distinct parts -- Stages 1 through 4, plus REM, an acronym for rapid eye movement. Much remains unknown about each of the five sleep stages. Most dreaming occurs during REM sleep, a period when the eyeballs move rapidly beneath the closed lids. And whether they remember or not, all adults dream, usually four to six times a night. 正常的睡眠被分为五个不同的阶段——从第一阶段到第四阶段,加上 “REM”(“眼球快速活动”的缩写)。每一个阶段都有许多人们未知的东西,大部分的 梦发生在REM睡眠期间,这一期间眼球在眼睑下快速运动。不论成年人是否记得，他们 都通常一夜做梦4,6次。 Three types of mood are strongly related to some specific stage of sleep. Our friendly, aggressive, and sleepy feelings all relate to Stage 2 sleep, which accounts for most of our total sleep hours. Our friendly and sleepy feelings, but not our aggressive feelings, are affected as well by Stages 3 and 4, and by how long it takes us to fall asleep. 三种情绪和睡眠的某一阶段密切相关。我们友好的、有攻击性的、困倦的感觉都 和睡眠的第二阶段相关，我们大部分的睡眠时间都处于第二阶段，我们友好的、困倦 的、但不带有攻击性的感觉受到第三和第四阶段以及我们多久才能入睡的影响。 This means that if you get less sleep than normal ?and people vary a great deal in how much sleep they normally require -- you awake more friendly, more aggressive, and less sleepy. 这就意味着如果你比正常时睡得少——人们正常需要多少睡眠是有很大差别的 ——你醒后就会更友好，更有攻击性，少些困倦。 At this point, the doctors found themselves puzzled. They knew from their earlier work that sleep determines if people feel happier. Yet when they studied the various sleep stages, they found no correlation between sleep physiology and the unhappy mood. Clearly sleep made a difference, but that difference didn't relate to how much time one 78 大学英语自学教程(下) spent in each of the various sleep stages. 在这一点上，医生们感到困惑。他们从先前的工作中了解到睡眠决定着人们是否 会感觉更愉快。然而当他们研究睡眠的各个阶段时，他们发现睡眠的生理状况和郁闷 的情绪之间并没有关系，虽然，睡眠会带来差异，但是这种差异和人们在每一睡眠阶 段花费的时间长短没有关系。 The two researchers decided the key to whether we feel happy or unhappy after sleep must lie in sleep's psychological component -- our dreams. So they began studying dream content -- what dreamers dreamed and who appeared in their dreams -- to see how this affected mood. 两位研究人员断定，睡觉以后我们是否感觉高兴的关键在于睡眠的心理构成部分 ——我们的梦。因此他们开始研究梦的内容——做梦者梦到了什么，谁在梦中出现—— 来弄清楚它会怎样影响情绪。 Instead of sleeping through the night, volunteers now were awakened four times while in REM sleep. They were asked about such things as what their dreams were about; the sex, age, identity, and number of the people in their dreams; and what each person in a dream was doing. 参加试验的志愿者不是整夜睡觉，而是在REM睡眠中被唤醒4次，然后回答这样 一些问题:如梦的内容，梦中人物的性别、年龄、身份和数量，以及梦中每一个人的 所作所为。 Interestingly, Kramer and Roth found that being awakened four times a night didn't make a difference in the volunteers’ morning mood patterns. But they did find that who appears in a dream has afar greater influence on mood than what occurs in the dream. "Who affects all the moods,” Kramer says, "but primarily the unhappy mood.” 令人感兴趣的是，克莱默和罗斯发现，一夜被唤醒4次并没有使志愿者早上的情 绪模式发生变化。但他们却发现谁出现在梦中比梦里发生什么事对情绪具有大得多的 影响。“梦中出现的人物影响着所有的情绪，”克莱默说:“但首要的是不高兴的情 绪。” Each of us, it turns out, has a special dream character, and if this type of character appears in our dreams, we are happier when we awake. "For people in general, how unhappy you feel after sleep depends on who is in the dream,” Kramer says. "Who it is that makes you happier is different for you than for me.” For some it may be an older woman, for example; for others, a young man. 结果是每一个人都有一个特别的梦中人，如果这个人出现在梦中，我们醒后就会 感到很高兴。“一般来说，睡觉以后你不高兴的程度取决于谁出现在你的梦中，”克 莱默说:“让你更高兴的梦中人对你和对我来说是不同的。”例如，对一些人来说， 可能是一位老太太，对另外一些人来讲，可能是一位年轻男子。 Who appears in your dream isn't the only important thing. The more people who appear in your dreams the happier you are on awakening. It's a case of the more the merrier. "The bad thing in a dream is to be alone; you feel worse,” Kramer explains. "You can relate this to wakening psychology, where being alone leads to more unhappiness. There is something about interacting with people that produces happiness.” 79 大学英语自学教程(下) 谁出现在你的梦中并不是惟一重要的事情。梦中出现的人物越多，醒来时你就会 越高兴，情况是人愈多愈高兴。“糟糕的事情是梦中孤身一人，你会感觉很不好，” 克莱默解释说:“你可以把这一点与人睡醒时的心理联系起来，在刚睡醒的状态下形 单影孤只会导致更多的不快。这里面有与人交际才能令人高兴的问题。” A number of researchers have examined the relationship of mood and performance. The doctors also checked into this relationship, and they have found some interesting correlations. 许多研究人员探讨了情绪和行为的关系。医生们也深入研究了这种关系，他们发 现了许多有趣的关系。 "We found that the more friendly, more aggressive, more clear-thinking, less sleepy, and surprisingly, the more unhappy you are, the better you perform. That last one -- the unhappy -- I can't explain,” Kramer says. Moreover, the level of a person's moods and the level of his or her performance rise and fall together throughout the day. “我们发现人越友好，越有锐气，思维越清晰，也就越不困倦。令人费解的是， 你越不高兴，事情却做得越好，最后这种情况——不高兴——我解释不了。”克莱默 说。而且，一个人的情绪水平和他(或她)的行为水平在一天中的上下波动是一致的。 Initially the two VA researchers worked only with men, because the dreams of men are far easier to study. Men and women dream differently. Indeed, sex is the biggest factor in accounting for differences in the people, activities, locations and feelings that occur in dreams. Dr. Kramer says, "When you compare men and women, you get a greater difference in dream content than when you compare, say, 20 and 60-year-olds, or black and white.” 最初，退伍军人管理医院的两位研究者只是对男人进行了研究，因为男人的梦研 究起来容易得多。男人的梦和女人的梦是不同的。的确，在解释梦中出现的人物，他 们的活动，活动地点和他们的感觉的差异时，性别是最主要的因素，克莱默医生说， “当你对比男人和女人时，你会发现他们梦的内容有很大不同，这种不同与你比较， 比如说，20岁和60岁的男人或者是黑人和白人的男人时的不同要大得多。” Last year the VA researchers began studying the relationship of sleep, dreams, and mood in women. This work is continuing, but the initial findings reinforce what they had found in men. “Overall, the women are just like men,” Kramer says. 去年，退伍军人管理医院的研究人员开始研究妇女的睡眠，做梦和情绪的关系。 这项工作正在继续进行，但是最初的发现有力地证实了他们在对男人研究时的发现。 “总的来说，女人和男人几乎没什么两样。”克莱默说。 【课文难点注释】 1.What we dream at night isn't as important to how we feel in the morning as the number of people who appear in our dreams. “What we dream at night”是一个主语从句，在句中充当主语。 ,例句,What I am afraid of is their taking him to Ravenne. 我害怕的是 他们把他带到了拉温那。 What she saw gave her a little fright. 她所看到的使她有点害怕。 as„as 和„一样，像„那样 ,例句,They work quite as hard as you do. 他们工作得和你们一样努力。 You can stay here as long as you want. 你愿意呆多久，就呆多久。 80 大学英语自学教程(下) “how we feel in the morning ”作介词to的宾语。 2(The two researchers decided the key to whether we feel happy or unhappy after sleep must lie in sleep's psychological componentour dreams. “to whether we feel happy or unhappy after sleep”是介词短语作定语，修饰名词“the key”。 ,例句,Do you know the key to whether one can feel happy or unhappy after sleep? 你知道一个人一觉醒来能感到高兴或不高兴的秘诀吗? “lie in”意思是“在于”。 ,例句,The difficulty lies in their great poverty. 困难在于他们的极度 贫困。 The solution lies in social and political reform. 问题的解决在 于社会和政治改革。 3(Interestingly,Kramer and Roth found that being awakened four times a night didn't make a difference in the volunteers' morning mood patterns. “being awakened four times a night”是动名词的被动式，在句中充当that 引 导的宾语从句中的主语。 ,例句,Being invited to speak here is a great honor for me. 被邀请在 这儿讲话是我极大的荣幸。 “make a difference”意思是“有重要性”。 类似短语:make any difference 有重要性 make little difference 没有多大重要性 make no difference 没有重要性 ,例句,It won't make much difference whether you go today or tomorrow. 你今天去或明天去没有多大关系。 Does that make any difference? 那是否重要呢? 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.F 2.T 3.F 4.F 5.T 6.F 7.F 8.T 9.T 10.F II. 1.Veterans Administration Hospital 2.dream character 3.lack of association 4.common sense,folk wisdom 5.five 6.rapid eye movement,beneath 7.two 8.psychological 9.who,what 10.the more the merrier 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.miserable 2.found 3.differ 4.corelation 5.reinforces II. 1.influence on 2.volunteers 3.volunteered 4.rate 5.identities 【语法练习答案】 ?. 1(人群欢呼以表达他们的赞同。 2(棒球员用一只手接了一个漂亮的球。 3(我希望我们能同住一室。 4(你认为没有水你能活几天? 5(昨天我收到的请柬，措辞非常讲究。 6(沈阳飞机公司是军用飞机的生产者和设计者。 7(因为不能清楚地辨明方向，所以在黑暗中我找不到路。 8(约翰逊，28岁，已婚，有两个孩子，1971年已移居德国。 9(他打得我眼冒金星。 10(妈妈正把洗好的东西挂到外面。 II. 1(我打算一做完工作就去那里。 2(他们决定在收到回信前呆在城里。 3(他手里拿着一把裁纸刀，转了一下，放下然后又拿了起来。 4(昨夜雨下得很大。 5(我看看四周，但没发现房屋。 6(打开从上边数第三个抽届，但别拉得太靠外。 7(他走了进来，头发蓬乱，脸色发红，双手插在裤子口袋里，早有人一再告诉他 不要这个样子。 81 大学英语自学教程(下) 8(这个可怜的孩子就这样完了。 9(风很大，人们被吹得站不稳。 10(任何人都得不到好处的事，可真是一件坏事。 ?. 1(A.入口在哪里? B.就在这里。 2(约翰搬进了他去年盖的新房。 3(这是一架旧盒式照相机，我从来没有这样的相机。 4(A.你认为安已经知道了? B.我想人人都知道了。 5(我一生听过许多离奇的故事，但这个可能是最离奇的。 6(乔治的房子很漂亮，他妻子肯定会很高兴的。 7(查尔斯现在是一个演员。如果有一点点机会的话我也想当个演员。 8(约翰现在比过去抽烟多。 9(母鸡不会飞，鸭子也不会。 10(他可能会来，但他没说。 11(A.你是怎样抓到球的? B.像这样。 12(人们各抒己见。 13(这里你可以明白植物的食物和动物的食物在哪些方面有所不同。 14(对比美国的婚俗和伊朗的婚俗是很有趣的。 Unit 13 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 工作、劳作和娱乐 So far as I know, Miss Hannah Arendt was the first person to define the essential difference between work and labor. To be happy, a man must feel, firstly, free and, secondly, important. He cannot be really happy if he is compelled by society to do what he does not enjoy doing, or if what he enjoys doing is ignored by society as of no value or importance. In a society where slavery in the strict sense has been abolished, the sign that what a man does is of social value is that he is paid money to do it, but a laborer today can rightly be called a wage slave. A man is a laborer if the job society offers him is of no interest to himself but he is compelled to take it by the necessity of earning a living and supporting his family. 就我所知，汉纳?阿伦特小姐是第一个界定工作和劳作的本质区别的。一个人要 幸福，首先必须觉得自由，其次，感觉到自己重要。如果是迫于社会压力，他不得不 干他不愿意干的工作，如果社会忽视了他所乐意做的事情，认为它们没有价值或者并 不重要，那么他是不会真正感到幸福的。在一个从严格意义上来说已废除了奴隶制的 社会中，一个人所做的事情具有社会价值的标志是他因做此事而得到了报酬，但把今 天的劳作者称作工资的奴隶或许是比较合适的。如果一个人对社会提供给他的工作毫 无兴趣，而迫于生计和养家糊口又不得不接受，那么此人只能是一个劳作者。 The antithesis to labor is play. When we play a game, we enjoy what we are doing, otherwise we should not play it, but it is a purely private activity; society could not care less whether we play it or not. 和劳作相对的是娱乐。玩游戏时，我们很乐意做我们所做的事情，否则，我们就 不会玩了，但这纯粹是个人的活动。社会对你玩或不玩游戏是极不关心的。 Between labor and play stands work. A man is a worker if he is personally interested in the job which society pays him to do; what from the point of view of society is necessary labor is from his own point of view voluntary play. Whether a job is to be classified as labor or work depends, not on the job itself, but on the tastes of the 82 大学英语自学教程(下) individual who undertakes it. The difference does not, for example, coincide with the difference between a manual and a mental job; a gardener or a cobbler may be a worker, a bank clerk a laborer. Which a man is can be seen from his attitude toward leisure. To a worker, leisure means simply the hours he needs to relax and rest in order to work efficiently. He is therefore more likely to take too little leisure than too much; workers die of coronaries and forget their wives’ birthdays. To the laborer, on the other hand, leisure means freedom from compulsion, so that it is natural for him to imagine that the fewer hours he has to spend laboring, and the more hours he is free to play, the better. 在劳作和娱乐之间是工作。如果一个人对社会付报酬让他做的工作感兴趣，他就 是一个工作者;从社会的角度来看，工作是一件必不可少的劳作，但在他看来却是一 种自觉自愿的娱乐。一件事情是劳作还是工作，不在于事情本身，而在于做这件事情 的人的喜好。举例来说，这种差异与脑力劳动和体力劳动之间的差异并不一样。一个 花匠或一个鞋匠可能是一个工作者，一个银行职员则可能是一个劳作者。从一个人对 待闲暇的态度可以看出他是哪一类人。对一个工作者来说，闲暇仅仅意味着为了有效 工作所需要放松和休息的时间。因此，他有可能享受的闲暇太少而不是太多;工作者 会死于冠心病，会忘记妻子的生日。另一方面，对劳作者来讲，闲暇意味着摆脱了强 制的自由，因此他很自然地会去想:工作时间越少，玩的时间越多，越好。 What percentage of the population in a modern technological society are, like myself, in the fortunate position of being workers? At a guess I would say sixteen per cent, and I do not think that figure is likely to get bigger in the future. 在现代社会，像我这样有幸作为工作者的人在所有人之中所占的百分比是多少呢? 我猜会占16%，我认为这一数字将来也不会上升。 Technology and the division of labor have done two things: by eliminating in many fields the need for special strength or skill, they have made a very large number of paid occupations which formerly were enjoyable work into boring labor, and by increasing productivity they have reduced the number of necessary laboring hours. It is already possible to imagine a society in which the majority of the population, that is to say, its laborers, will have almost as much leisure as in earlier times was enjoyed by the aristocracy. When one recalls how aristocracies in the past actually behaved, the prospect is not cheerful. Indeed, the problem of dealing with boredom may be even more difficult for such a future mass society than it was for aristocracies. The latter, for example, ritualized their time; there was a season to shoot grouse, a season to spend in town, etc. The masses are more likely to replace an unchanging ritual by fashion which it will be in the economic interest of certain people to change as often as possible. Again, the masses cannot go in for hunting, for very soon there would be no animals left to hunt. For other aristocratic amusements like gambling, dueling, and warfare, it may be only too easy to find equivalents in dangerous driving, drug-taking, and senseless acts of violence. Workers seldom commit acts of violence, because they can put their aggression into their work, be it physical like the work of a smith, or mental like the work of a scientist or an artist. The role of aggression in mental work is aptly expressed by the phrase "getting one's teeth into a problem." 83 大学英语自学教程(下) 技术和分工完成了两件事:它们在消除许多领域对特殊体力和技巧的需求的同时， 把以前许多付报酬的令人愉悦的工作变成了令人厌倦的劳作;而且通过提高生产力， 减少了必要劳作的时间。我们已经能够想像出这样一个社会:大多数人，也就是劳作 者，拥有的闲暇时间几乎和以前的达官贵人享受的一样多。当人们回想起过去的达官 贵人的所作所为时，前景并不会令人兴奋。的确，在未来这样一个大众化社会里，处 理厌烦这个问题将会比过去的贵族更加困难。例如，贵族把他们的时间变成固定的程 式，有的季节去打松鸡，有的季节住到城里去，等等。群众更可能用时尚取代千篇一 律的程式而尽可能经常地改变时尚也符合某些人的经济利益。同样，群众也不能都有 打猎的爱好，因为很快就会没有动物可供射猎。贵族们的其他娱乐如赌博、决斗和战 争，现在也很容易找出同样的方式，如冒险驾驶、吸毒和毫无意义的暴力行为。工作 者很少有暴力行为，因为他们把进取精神放在了工作上，不管这种工作是匠人的体力 劳动还是科学家或艺术家的脑力劳动。“把牙伸到某个问题中”这个习语很贴切地表 示出了进取精神在脑力工作中的作用。 【课文难点注释】 1(He cannot be really happy„by society as of no value or importance. “as”在句中的意思是“当做，视为”。 ,例句,He was respected both as a judge and as a man.大家尊崇他是位好 法官，同时也尊崇他是个好人。 “of value or importance”是“of+n”结构，意思相当于形容词“valuable or important”。类似结构如“of interest”意思是interesting，“of success”意思 是successful。 2(Between labor and play stands work. 此句是一个倒装句，正常语序应是:Wor k stands between labor and play.“stand”在句中充当动词，意思是“处于(某种状态)。 ,例句,I still stand your friend.我仍然是你的朋友。 How do things stand at the moment?现在情况如何? 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.d 2.c 3.b 4.b 5.b II. 1.compel 2.abolished 3.antithesis 4.voluntary 5.coincide 6.eliminate 7.occupations 8.boring 9.prospect 10.gambling ?. 1.productive—productivity 2.compel—compulsion 3.boredom—boring 4.aggression—aggressive 5.amuse—amusement 6.division—divide 7.equal—equivalent 8.freedom—free 9.aristocratic—aristocracy 10.violence—violent ?. fog,forced,eyes,later,neighbor,on ?. 1(If one is compelled to do what he does not enjoy doing,he cannot be happy. 2(Whether a job is to be classified as labor or work depends on the tastes of the individuals. 3(Generally speaking,what one does is of social value. 4(The difference between labor and work does not coincide wit h that between a manual and a mental job. 5(Technology and division of labor eliminated in many fields the need for skilled workers. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.efficiency b.efficient c.efficiently 2.a.are divided b.divisible c.division d.divide 3.a.enjoyable b.enjoyment c.enjoy 4.a.boredom b.bored c.boring II. 1.boring 2.eliminate 3.compelled 4.As far as I know 5.undertakes 6.amusements 7.duel 8.coincide 9.aptly 10.get her teeth into ?. 1(He is unwilling to undertake this job. 84 大学英语自学教程(下) 2(One's appearance does not often coincide with his quality. 3(This boy goes in for stamp-collecting. 4(We were compelled to stop the match by the rain. 5(Information is of great value to him. 6(He earns many people's respect by hard work. 7(This company set up another division in Beijing. 8(All errors should be eliminated from this article. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 工作者的补偿 How can someone, hour after hour, day after day, year in and year out, tighten approximately the same nut to the same bolt and not go mad? That most working people do not, in fact, go mad is due in large measure to a phenomenon so common that it is found wherever people labor in industry: taking it easy. It would take some kind of real mental case to do all the work one could all day long. No one expects it. Taking it easy on the job while someone else covers your work, or "working on and off," as it is usually called in America, is an established part of the working life. 一个人怎么能够一个小时接着一个小时、日复一日、年复一年给同样的螺栓拧紧 同样的螺母而不发疯呢?其实，大部分劳动者并没有发疯，很大程度上归因于无论在哪 里工作，都有这样一个现象，慢慢来。一个人恐怕要有某种真正的精神病才能一整天 竭尽全力地干活。没有人希望那样。在别人帮你照看你的工作时，你就不紧不慢地干， 也就是像美国人通常说的那样“干干停停”，是工作生涯的一个既定部分。 Working on and off, however, has its limits. The rules are infinitely varied, subtle, and flexible, and, of course, they are always changing. Management, up to a certain level at least, is aware of the practice, and in some industries employs entire cadres of people to curtail or pat an end to it. Simultaneously, the workers are subtly doing their best to keep it going and to extend it wherever possible. 然而，干干停停有它的限度。规则林林总总，微妙而灵活，而且一直在变。管理 层，至少是一定级别的管理层，已经意识到了这种行为，并且雇佣了专职干部来减少 或消除工作中干干停停的行为。而同时，工人们又在尽力巧妙地把它保持下去，而且 不失时机地加以推行。 Every worker has a highly developed sense of how much work is expected of him. When he feels that the expectation is excessive, he tries to do something about it. This instinct has to do with the political nature of work itself, something every modern worker understands. The bosses want more from the worker than they are willing to give in return. The workers give work, and the bosses give money. The exchange is never quite equal, and the discrepancy is called profit. Since the bosses cannot do without profit, workers have an edge. A good worker in a key spot could, so long as he kept up production, take all the coffee breaks he wanted, and the bosses would very likely look the other way. He could also choose to cut down on the coffee breaks, apply himself, and increase production, and then ask for and get more money. But that would be self-defeating, and he knows it. It would also place him in competition with other workers, which would be playing into the bosses’ hands. What he would rather do is create some slack for himself 85 大学英语自学教程(下) and enjoy his job more. 每个工人都深知别人期望他干多少活。当他感到期望过分时，他就试图找点办法 来对付。这种本能与工作本身的政治属性有关，每一个现代工人都明白。老板从工人 身上的索取远远超出了工人愿意作为回报的付出。工人付出劳动，老板支付报酬。这 种交换从来不是很平等的，它们之间的差额称作利润。由于老板不能没有利润，工人 们就占了上风。一个在关键岗位的好工人，只要他保持着产量不降低，可以随心所欲 地利用工间休息，而老板很可能装作没看见。他也可以缩短工间休息，努力干活，增 加生产，然后要求并得到更多的钱。但那是自我作践的办法，他也明白这一点，这会 使他处于与其他工人对立的地位，那样无疑对老板有利。他倒宁愿给自己创造一些清 闲，更多地享受一下他的工作。 At present on the West Coast, when a gang of longshoremen working on cargo start a shift, they often divide themselves into two equal groups and toss a coin. One group goes into the far reaches of the ship抯 hold and sits around. The other group starts loading cargo, usually working with a vengeance, since each one of them is doing the work of two men. An hour later, the groups change places. In other words, although my fellow longshoremen and I are getting paid for eight hours, on occasion we work only four. If someone reading this feels a sense of moral outrage because we are sitting down on the job, I am sorry. I have searched my mind in vain for a polite way to tell that reader to go to hell. 目前在西海岸，当一群装卸货物的码头工人开始上班时，他们时常将自己平均分 成两组，然后掷硬币。一组工人到远远的船舱边上闲坐，另一组工人开始装货，通常 干得很猛，因为每一个人在干两个人的工作。一小时后，两组人换班，换句话说，尽 管我和我的同伴们拿着8个小时的工资，但有时我们只干4个小时的工作。如果有人 看到这里会因为我们怠工而产生道义上的愤慨，我觉得很抱歉。我白白地绞尽脑汁想 找到一个礼貌的说法，告诉这位读者，让他见鬼去吧。 If you are that reader, I would recommend that you abandon your outrage and begin thinking about doing something similar for yourself. You probably already have, even if you won't admit it. White collar office workers, too, have come under criticism recently for robbing their bosses of their full-time services. Too much time is being spent around the Mr. Coffee machine, and some people (would you believe it?) have even been having personal conversations on company time. In fact, one office-system expert recently said that he had yet to encounter a business work place that was functioning at more than about 60 percent efficiency. 如果你是那位读者，我建议你消消气，开始想想你自己做类似的事。可能你已经 这样做了，即使你不愿意承认。最近，白领办公人员也因不给老板提供全工时服务而 受到批评。边喝咖啡边聊天的时间太多，有些人(你相信吗?)甚至在上班时间聊天。事 实上，一位研究办公制度的专家最近说，他还没有碰到过一个工作效率超过60%的业务 场所。 Management often struggles hard to set up a situation where work is done in series: a worker receives an article of manufacture, does something to it, and passes it on to another worker, who does something else to it and then passes it on to the next guy, and so on. The assembly line is a perfect example of this. Managers like this type of manufacture because it is more efficient ?that is, it achieves more production. They also like it for another reason, even if they will not admit it: it makes it very difficult for the worker to do 86 大学英语自学教程(下) anything other than work. 管理层时常努力建立一种连续工作的环境，一个工人接到一件产品，做些活儿， 把它传给另一个工人，这个工人接着做，然后把它传给下一个工人，这样继续下去， 生产流水线是这方面的极好例子。管理者们喜欢这种生产方式，因为它更加有效率—— 就是说，它提高了产量。即使他们不愿意承认，他们喜欢这种生产方式还有另外一个 原因:它可以使工人除了干活之外很难做其他事情。 Frederick W. Taylor, the efficiency expert who early in this century conducted the time-and-motion studies that led to the assembly-line process, tried to reduce workers to robots, all in the name of greater production. His staff of experts, each armed with clipboard and stopwatch, studied individual workers with a view toward eliminating unnecessary movement. They soon found a great deal of opposition from the workers. 生产效率方面的专家弗雷德里克?W?泰勒在本世纪初期进行的时间和运动的研 究，产生了生产流水线法，在提高生产力的名义下，试图把工人变成机器人。他的专 家组，每人拿着书写板和秒表，研究单个工人的动作以去除不必要的动作。不久他们 就发现工人们很反感这样做。 Most people not directly engaged in daily work express disapproval when they hear of people working on and off. A studied campaign with carefully chosen language -- "a full day's work for a full day's pay,?" taking a free ride" -- has been pushed by certain employers to discredit the practice, and their success is such that I rarely discuss it except with other workers. My response is personal, and I feel no need to defend it: If I am getting a free ride, how come I am so tired when I go home at the end of a shift? 没直接从事日常工作的大多数人，在听说有人上班干干停停时，都对此表示不赞 成。一些雇主精心策划了一场运动，其用词颇为讲究——干一天工作，拿一天钱，“只 拿钱不干活”——他们大获成功，故而除了跟别的工人说，我基本上不提这回事。我 对此事有我个人的看法，我觉得没有必要为之辩护:如果我只拿钱不干活，我上完一 次班回家后怎么会那么累? 【课文难点注释】 1(This instinct has to do with the political nature of work itself,something every modern worker understands. “have to do with”意思是“和„有关系”。 ,例句,Tom said he didn't want to have anything to do with the new boy . 汤姆说他不想和那个新来的男孩有任何关系。 I had nothing to do with the party. I was at home that night. 我 和那个晚会没有关系。那天晚上我在家。 “every modern worker understands”是一个定语从句，省略了引导词 “that ”，修饰先行词something。 ,例句,I can tell you something you've been waiting to know. 我能告诉 一些你一直想知道的事情。 “something”在句中充当“the polictical nature”的同位语。 2(His staff of experts,each armed with clipboard and stopwatch ,studied individual workers with a view toward eliminating unnecessary movement. “armed with clipboard and stopwatch”是过去分词短语作定语，修饰“each ”。 “with a view toward”意思是“为的是„，为了”，后面跟动名词。 ,例句,He bought the land with a view toward building a summer home.为 了盖避暑别墅，他买了块地。 He's started walking to work with a view toward cutting down expenses .为了减少花费，他开始步行上班。 “each”在句中充当“his staff of experts”的同位语。 【课文练习答案】 87 大学英语自学教程(下) ?. 1.T 2.T 3.T 4.F 5.F 6.T 7.F 8.T 9.T 10.F ?. 1(day after day,year in and year out 2(take it easy 3(Varied,subtle and flexible 4(profit 5(edge,without 6(some slack for himself,his job more 7(the Mr.Coffee Machine,personal conversations. 8(series 9(time—and—motion,robots 10(a full day's work for a full day's pay,taking a free ride. 【词汇练习答案】 ?.1.C 2.A 3.C 4.C 5.A ?. 1.curtail 2.varied 3.tightened 4.discredited 5.disapproval 6.in large measure 7.take it easy 8.with a view towards 9.do with 10.expect,of ?. 1.vary(变化、改变) varied(各式各样的，杂色的) variation(变更，变化) various(各种各样的) variable(变数，可变的) 2.excess(超过，过度) excessive(过多的，过度的) excessively(过多地) exceed(超越，胜过) 3.compete(竞争，比赛) competition(竞争，竞赛) competitive(竞争的) competitor(竞争者) 4.set about(着手做，开始做) set out(出发，动身) set up(建立，搭起) 5.approve(赞成，批准) approval(赞成，承认) disapprove(不赞成) disapproval(不赞成) 【语法练习答案】 ?. 1.that the main difference„while the latter could not.主语从句 人们曾经认为动物和植物的主要区别是前者能够到处走动而后者则不能。 2.“how these basic principles work.”主语从句 知道这些基本原理如何起作用是有用的。 3.that children's exposure„on their behavior.同位语从句 越来越多的证据显示，儿童们看电视里的暴力场面对他们的行为会有长久的影响。 4.that sleepwalking„disturbance主语从句 现在人们肯定，夜游是情绪不稳的症状。 5.What you can lift.表语从句 测测你的体力就是看你能举起什么东西。 6.that we shall have an early winter.同位语从句 各种迹象显示，冬季会提前到来。 7.that she has a good pronunciation.宾语从句 她把自己发音好归功于她的英语老师。 8.that the listeners„of his talk.主语从句 奇怪的是，听众对演讲者本人比对演讲的题目更感兴趣。 9.how he had got there.同位语从句 这个男孩发现自己躺在一间陌生的房间的一个陌生的沙发上，而他对于自己 怎么来到那里却全然不知。 10.that he will not repeat his mistake.同位语从句 你可以相信他不会重犯这个错误。 11.that the snow might delay them.宾语从句 他们很早就出发以免被大雪耽搁。 12.that a large„heart surgery.同位语从句 毫无疑问，许许多多人会得益于心脏手术。 13.What one has previously thought.宾语从句 心胸开阔指的是人们面对现实的能力。因为现实是不顾及一个人原先是怎么想的。 14.that the party should have been cancelled.同位语从句 晚会被取消了，女孩子们都感到很遗憾。 88 大学英语自学教程(下) 15.that misguided forms„is safe.同位语从句 错误的节食方法产生了这 么多问题，并不意味着没有安全的节食方法。 16.that ginger root„our memory.主语从句 人们一度认为姜具有改善人 们记忆力的魔力。 17.that it reached out to“the edge of the world”.表语从句 使早期的水手不愿到大西洋深处远航的误解之一是大西洋延伸到了“世界的边 缘”。 18.that the United States„the worst taxes.主语从句 众所周知，美国 的税赋最重，世界第一。 19.Whether he will come or not.主语从句 他来不来取决于各种因素。 20.What would he have done in other circumstances.宾语从句 换个地 方他会做出什么事，谁敢说呢? 21.that Oxbridge graduates„in the employment market.同位语从句 一些研究人员似乎支持他的说法:牛津和剑桥的毕业生一开始就在就业市场上 享有不公平的优势。 22.What they have been discussing.主语从句 我不能理解他们正在讨论 的内容。 23.that the flowers are all taken good care of.宾语从句 请关照一下， 好好照看这些花。 24.that she should„with more consideration.同位语从句 她拒绝听从 我的建议:她应更多地体贴她的丈夫。 25.that you are all mistaken.主语从句 我觉得你们好像都错了。 Unit 14 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 女教师震撼人心的最后一课 A remarkable woman reasons with her killer -- and tapes it 一位非凡的女性向要杀她的凶手讲道理——并录了音。 She used the miniature tape recorder for a graduate-school course she was taking. The device, though, would do much more than capture a lecture. It was a microcassette found in Kathleen Weinstein's shirt pocket that not only led police to her alleged killer but also revealed the New Jersey teacher to be a woman of extraordinary courage and compassion. 她使用了微型录音机，那是她用来录她正在听的研究生院开的一门课。不过这个 设备起的作用要比录下一堂的课的内容大得多。它是在凯恩琳?温斯坦的衬衣口袋中 发现的一个微型盒式录音带，它不仅引导警方抓获了杀害她的凶手，而且显示出了这 位新泽西州教师是位具有非凡勇气和同情心的妇女。 Weinstein, 45, was on her way to an exam at Toms River High School South on March 14 when she got out of her gold 1995 Toyota Camry to buy a sandwich at the busy Toms River Shopping Center. That's where her path crossed that of Michael LaSane, who, police say, wanted just such a car to celebrate his 17th birthday. Grabbing Weinstein by the jaw, the attacker told her he had a gun and forced her into the Camry. The car was then driven to Manitou Park, about two miles from the shopping center. It was there, police believe, that Weinstein was able to activate the recorder she kept in her bag. According to Ocean County prosecutor Daniel Carluccio, the taped conversation between Weinstein and LaSane took place as they removed personal items -- bags, notebooks, her six-year-old son's belongings, from the car. "It wasn't hysterical,” Carluccio says of the 24-minute tape. "It wasn't the kind of thing you would expect of someone who is facing a 89 大学英语自学教程(下) life-threatening situation. Mrs. Weinstein bravely and persistently used every skill and power she had to convince her attacker to simply take her car and not her life.” 温斯坦，45岁，在3月14日前往市南汤姆斯河中学的考试途中，她下了她金色的 “1995丰日佳美”汽车，到繁忙的“汤姆斯河购物中心”去买一个三明治。麦克尔?拉 森正好经过此地，警方说，拉森只是想要这样的一辆车来庆祝自己17岁的生日。他抓 住温斯坦的下巴，对她说他有一支枪，并强迫她坐进了她的佳美车里。然后这辆车开 到了距购物中心10英里远的曼尼托公园。警察认为，就是在那儿温斯坦打开了她手提 包中的录音机。据海洋县检查官丹尼尔?卡鲁齐奥说，所录的温斯坦和拉森的谈话是 在他们两人从车里往外拿温斯坦的随身物品时开始的，那些物品有袋子、笔记本和她 六岁儿子的东西。谈到24分钟的录音带时，卡鲁齐奥说，谈话时她没有大喊大叫，不 像你们想像的一个人面对生命受到威胁时的反应。温斯坦夫人一直勇敢地在用她所有 的技巧和力量来说服她的袭击者:只要她的车，别要她的命。 The excerpts of the talk released by the prosecutor show why Weinstein was a beloved figure at Thorne Micidle School in Middletown, where she was a special-education teacher. "You haven't done anything yet,” she tells her attacker. "All you have to do is let me go and take my car. For my life, don't you think I should be concerned and let you take my car? For my life! Do you really want to have that on your head?” At another point, the teacher tries to get him to open up. "Why don't you just tell me? Of course, it's important. It's determining your whole life and the direction you're taking." Weinstein also talks about her son Daniel and her plans to take in a foster child with her husband Paul. "I want to give something to somebody, to give something back,” she says. 检查官公布的谈话节录揭示了作为米道镇桑恩中学特殊教育的教师温斯坦夫人受 人爱戴的原因。“你还没做什么事，”她对袭击者说:“你现在要做的事情就是放了 我，开走我的车，为了活命，难道我还会关心让不让你开走我的车?我想活命!你真的 想要背上杀我的罪名?”在另一个时刻，这位教师试图让他敞开思想说话。“为什么你 不告诉我呢?当然，这是很主要的。这将决定你的一生和你要走的道路。”温斯坦也谈 到了她的儿子丹尼尔以及她和丈夫要收养一个孩子的计划。“我想施惠于人，以期得 到回报。”她说。 Her powers of persuasion were to no avail. Weinstein's body, with hands and feet bound, was discovered by a hiker on March 17. She had been smothered with her coat. But before she died she somehow slipped the microcassette into her pocket without her killer knowing it. Because Weinstein had asked LaSane about himself and his family, police quickly had their suspect, the son of a local official. "Our impression was that she was very aware she was leaving something behind,” says Carluccio. He will not comment on LaSane's side of the conversation except to say, "When you hear the tape, it will raise profound questions about what is happening in our world with juveniles and our society. 1t goes beyond materialism." 她的说服没有起作用。温斯坦的尸体3月17日被一徒步旅行者发现，手脚都被捆 着。她是被人用外套闷死的。但是在被杀之前，她把微型盒式磁带悄悄放进她的口袋 中，而凶手没有觉察到。因为温斯坦已经问过拉森本人及其家庭情况，警方很快找到 了嫌疑犯——一位当地官员的儿子。“我们的印象是她很清楚她要留下一些东西。” 卡鲁齐奥说。他不愿评论拉森的谈话，只是说，“当你听这盒磁带时，它会对我们这 个世界的青少年和社会上所发生的事提出深刻的问题，这不仅是物质至上问题。 90 大学英语自学教程(下) Weinstein also helped leave behind a new program at Thorne Middle School in which students were encouraged to do nice things for others. Every morning Weinstein would announce various good deeds over the p.a. system and she solicited prizes from local merchants and restaurants. Given her fate, the name of the program has a heartbreaking resonance to it: Random Acts of Kindness. 温斯坦在桑恩中学曾参与组织了一项新活动，在这项活动中鼓励学生们为别人做 好事。每天早上温斯坦都通过校内广播系统宣布一些好人好事并且请求当地商人和酒 店给予奖励。在她付出了自己生命的情况下，这些活动的名称听起来令人心碎:随时 随地做好事。 【课文难点注释】 1(It was a microcassotte found in Kathleen Weinstein’s shirt pocket that not only led police to her alleged killer but also revealed the New Jersey teacher to be a woman of extraordinary courage and compassion. 此句中It was„that„是强调句型，用来强调 a microcassette(微型录音机)。 not only„but also„(不但„而且)表示关系的递进。found in Kathleen Weinstein’s shirt pocket是一个过去分词短语作定语，修饰a microcassette. ,例句,It was the village that I lived in five years ago. 这正是我五 年前住过的村庄。 He speaks not only correctly but also easily. 他的讲话不但正确， 而且简单 。 2(The excerpts of the talk released by the prosecutor show why Weinstein was a beloved figure at Thorne Middle School in Middletown,where she was a special,education teacher. 此句中，released by the prosecutor 也是一个过去分词短语，作定语修饰句子 的主语The excerpts of the talk.why引导的名词从句在句中作宾语。 ,例句,Tell us why you went to the exhibition. 告诉我们为什么去展览馆。 where 引导的是非限制性定语从句，where是关系副词。 ,例句,Jane works in a school，where she is an art teacher. 简在一所 学校工作，她是那里的一名美术教师。 ,例句,We went to the industrial exhibition,where we saw many new,type machines. 我们去工业展览会了， 在那里我们看到了许多新型机器。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.c 2.c 3.d 4.b 5.c ?. 1.miniature 2.allege 3.activate 4.tape 5.belongings 6.slip 7.profound 8.juveniles 9.solicit 10.heart, breaking ?. 1.graduate school 2.wage,slave 3.profound questions 4.special education 5.school children 6.foster child 7.self,fulfilled 8.well,being 9.solicit prizes 10.self,control ?. now, message, end, again, asked, recorder, for ?. 1(Her persuasion was to no avail. 2(Each of us should do something for others and give something to others. 3(We should do some profound thinking about the young man's story. 4(The extraordinary courage and compassion of the woman teacher encourage the students to do nice things for others. 5(A woman teacher of extroardinary courage would reason with her killer 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.prosecuted b.prosecutor c.prosecution 2.a.persistence b.persistent c.persists d.persistently 3.a.persuaded b.persuasive c.persuasion 4.a.threat b.threatened c.threatening 91 大学英语自学教程(下) ?. 1.compassion 2.activating 3.convince 4.shocking 5.smothered 6.heartbreaking 7.profound 8.solicited 9.open up 10.grabbed ?. 1(The explorers opened up a piece of land in the eastern part of America. 2(This men alleged that his proposal was neglected. 3(I suspect that he did not control his time effectively. 4(Their efforts were to no avail. 5(Can you comment on the conclusion? 6(He is convinced that some plant species are under the threat of extinction. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 愤怒的种子 The world knows a great deal about apartheid. It knows it as a repressive political system which denies political representation to 14,000,000 South Africans because they are not white; it knows it as a divisive social system which keeps people apart, dividing them on colour lines and punishing those who try to cross these lines. But the effects of apartheid in terms of social behaviour and on cultural development are less well known. 全世界对种族隔离了解得很多。人人知道它是压迫人的政治体制，这种体制剥夺 了1 400万南非人的政治权利，就因为他们不是白人。人们还知道它是制造分裂的社 会制度，这种制度按肤色的界线把人们分开，并惩罚那些试图越过这些界线的人。但 种族隔离在社会行为方面及其对文化发展的影响人们还不太了解。 To understand the effects of apartheid it is necessary to think of the daily lives of the people and the ways in which their lives are regulated by apartheid. 要了解种族隔离的影响，我们有必要想一下人们的日常生活以及这种生活是如何 受到种族隔离影响的。 It means standing for hours in a bus-queue, because there are too few buses specially set aside for black people; it means having to pass theatres and swimming pools with no thought of' ever entering them,, because they are set aside for white people, and because the restrictions extend to the thoughts people think, and because the laws apply to both black and white, it means that all people in South Africa are denied the right to read certain books because the government believes them to be subversive of its apartheid society. 它意味着要站几个小时的队等公共汽车，因为留给黑人乘坐的公共汽车太少了; 它意味着经过剧院和游泳池时，连进去的想法都不能有，因为它们是专为白人服务的; 因为这些限制深入了人们的思想中。还因为法律适用于白人，也适用于黑人，它意味 着所有南非人被剥夺了看某些书籍的权利，因为政府相信这些书籍会颠覆种族隔离制 度的社会。 Apartheid means that sportsmen like Basil D'Oliviera, Steve Makone, and Precious Mackenzie could never represent their own country because they were not white; that singers a and actors like Miriam Makeba and Lionel Ngamane would be restricted because of their colour to appearing in certain places and before certain audiences -- a coloured cast could perform Verdi's “La Traviata” but no non-whites could attend a 92 大学英语自学教程(下) performance before the State President. 种族隔离意味着像贝兹尔?戴里维尔拉、史蒂夫?麦肯齐这些运动员永远不能代 表他们自己的国家，因为他们不是白人;像末里亚姆?马齐巴、莱昂内尔?思卡纳一 样的歌手和演员会因他们的肤色而只能在某些地方和某些观众面前出现——一个有色 人剧组可以上演威尔弟的茶花女，但任何非白人都不能先于国家总统观看演出。 The list of restrictions is endless -- these are only a few small examples. But what they add up to is a division which breeds hostility. At sports events, if white and black are present, they support opposing sides and the result is friction -- so much so that in many grounds only whites are allowed. 这些限制是无限的。以上仅仅是几个例子。但这就足以构成滋生敌意的分界线。 在运动场上，如果黑人和白人都在场，他们分别支持对方，结果就产生摩擦;摩擦的 结果是只有白人能参加比赛。 It is illegal for white and black to play chess together. And whites whv tried to play football in a team with black members were prosecuted. And in a society where these ugly barriers exist, it is better to pretend that they are not there. The result is that the writers and poets of white South Africa are incapable of producing any work which truthfully reflects their society; and so deep has this kind of blindness entered that no work of any real worth has been produced in South Africa for many years. 白人和黑人一起下棋是非法的。试图和黑人在一起踢球的白人会受到迫害。 在存在这些可恶的限制的社会里，假装这些限制不存在会好一些。其结果是，南 非的白人作家和诗人不能创作出任何真实反映社会的作品。这种视而不见的态度的影 响是很深刻的，以至于多年来南非没有创作出一部真正有价值的作品。 Perhaps one might expect the writers among the blacks, in a situation full of tension and pain, to produce works which live. But for them apartheid presents another problem; to be frank is to be banned. And so writers like Alex la Guma were silenced by banning orders, or others, like Alfred Hutchinson and Bloke Modisane fled the country. Fear Nat Nakasa the pledge he was required to sign -- to leave his country and never return proved too much; he committed suicide in New York. 或许，人们希望生活在充满紧张和痛苦环境中的黑人作家能创作出流芳百世的作 品，但隔离则给他们出了另一道难题:坦诚即遭禁止。所以，像亚力克斯?拉顿玛这 样的作家被封上了嘴，其他的作家，像阿尔弗雷德?哈齐逊和布娄克?莫狄森则流亡 到了国外。纳特?纳卡萨被迫签字离开祖国，永不得返回，他无法承受，最后在纽约 自杀身亡。 Even white writers -- Andre Brink, for instance -- who have dared to criticise, or appear to criticise, the apartheid society have suffered. I heir works have' been banned, or they have been savagely attacked by the official spokesmen of apartheid. 白人作家如安德烈?布林克斗胆批判或者好像在批判这个种族隔离的社会也遭到 了迫害。要么作家被查禁，要么本人受到种族隔离制度的官方发言人的无礼攻击。 The failure of writers to write, or of people to understand each other -- all these are indications of the deeper evil; the failure of communication. But what is little understood 93 大学英语自学教程(下) by the outside world is that this is a failure legislated for. It is a failure which has been carefully designed. 作家不能写作，人民不能相互理解，这些都是深层次的可恶的表现:无法交流。 但外界所不能理解的是:这是立法所致，是精心策划所致。 It is the intention of those who have constructed the apartheid society, and who intend that it should last forever, that those who make up the society should be prevented from communicating with each other. Black and white must be cut off from each other, must be unable to communicate. It is on this division that apartheid rests This is the true meaning of apartheid. And it is this that inflicts the terrible wound on South African society. 创建种族隔离社会的人的意图就是让此社会长期存在，社会成员间禁止相互交流。 黑人和白人必须互相隔绝，必须不能互相交流。种族隔离正是建立在这种分隔之上。 这是种族隔离的真正含义。这正是南非社会遭受真正可怕创伤的原因。 But the real damage is in daily human relations. I have seen white children standing in one of the mixed buses rather than sit beside anyone who was not white and this seems to me so complete a rejection of another human person that it goes much further than the division and separation backed by law. From this kind of rejection comes a complete lack of any feeling of common humanity; the suffering of a human being ceases to be real because he has ceased to be a real human being. 但真正受损的是人们的日常关系。在一辆黑人、白人共乘的公共汽车上，我看到 一些白人孩子们宁愿站着，也不坐在非白人的旁边。在我看来，这似乎是对另一种族 人的弃绝，比起依据法律才成立的分离和隔绝来，它的影响更大，这种弃绝造成了人 类感情的彻底丧失。一个人遭受的痛苦不再是真实的，因为他已不是一个真正的人。 This is the situation which has been created in South Africa today. The tensions are real, the threat of a violent eruption constant. And this must not be thought of simply as the product of political factors or arguments. It is a simple truth that human relations between people have deteriorated so far that dialogue, understanding, friendship -- all these are impossible. 这就是当今南非的情景。关系紧张是真的，爆发暴力的威胁时刻存在。这一切决 不能被简单地视作政治因素或政治斗争的产物。人与人之间的关系极其紧张，对话、 理解、友谊，所有这些都是不可能的。这是众所周知的事实。 This is the effect of apartheid in terms of the society -- this is its all pervasive extent: it breeds, if it breeds anything, hostility: often the result is simply the bitter sterility which will bring about violence. 这就是种族隔离从社会角度来看的影响——这种影响是无所不在的:如果说它还 能繁衍什么的话，那就是敌视。其结果常常只不过是痛苦的无奈，而这种无奈会带来 暴力。 【课文难点注释】 1(It knows it as a repressive political sys tem which denies political representation to 14,000,000 South Africans be cause they are not white. 第一个it，指的是上句中的The world，第二个it指的是上句中的apartheid。 94 大学英语自学教程(下) 介词as(作为„)短语后，有一个which引导的定语从句修饰system。 2(It is illegal for white and black to play chess together. 此句中，动 词不定式的复合结构，作句子的真实主语，It作形式主语，动词不定式的复合结构有 两种:一、“It is，形容词，for，名词,代词，to do”，二、“It is，形容词， of ，名词,代词，to do”，它们是有区别的。 ,例句,It is important for you to use your time wisely. 明智地使用你 的时间很重要。 It was brave of you to dive from the cliff. 从这悬崖上跳入水中， 你很勇敢。 在第二个句子结构中作表语的形容词有:brave,careful,careless,cruel(残忍 的 ),foolish,honest,kind,nice,polite,selfish(自私的),wise,thoughtful(周到 的)等。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.T 3.F 4.T 5.T 6.T 7.T 8.T 9.T 10.F ?. 1.“The Seed of Wrath”,apartheid 2.set aside 3.subversive 4.prosecuted 5.silenced,reflect 6.legislated,designed 7.intention,separated 8.inflicts 9.human relations 10.pervasive,hostility,violence 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.D 2.B 3.D 4.A 5.B ?. 1.subversive of 2.barriers 3.fled 4.indication 5.separation 6.pledge 7.inflicted 8.suicide 9.extent 10.queueing 【语法练习答案】 ?. 1.which is a percentage charged to any item you buy in that state. 许多州都对在该州购买的任何商品征收一定百分比的销售税。 限制性定语从句 2.(that)never play 有些动物从来不玩耍。 限制性定语从句 3.which would otherwise be dark. 地球的反光使我们有可能看到月球的某些部分;如果没有地球的反光，这些部分 将是一片黑暗。 限定性定语从句 4.who want to put out their ads. 许多商人在全国性的杂志上做广告。 限 定性定语从句 5.which could scarcely have been made except by some thinking animals. 一些蜘蛛建造房屋，只有那些有思考能力的动物才能造得出来。 限定性定语从 句 6.which is the dividing line between the heavens an d the earth. 如果你向远处望去，你看到的只是像烟一样的蓝色雾，那就是天空和地球的分界 线。 非限定性定语从句 7.where very many diamonds have been found. 只有四个地区发现了许多钻石。 限定性定语从句 8.which an animal has not. 你可能认为植物和动物的区别是植物有叶子、根和 花，而动物则没有。 非限定性定语从句 9.that were formed when molten rock pushed upward through the earth's crust. 据确信，火山管是熔岩在地壳中被挤出时形成的火山的一部分。 限制性定语从 句 10.through which the scientists could observe what happened without being seen. 这个房间有一面墙，通过它科学家们能观察到所发生的事情而他们自己不被看到。 限定性定语从句 11.during which time stores will lower their normal prices. 在美国，降 价期间，商店会降低商品的价格。 非限制性定语从句 12.where final decisions are made. 你必须把它交给做出最终决定的主任办公 室。 限制性定语从句 13.that range from inexpensive to very expensive,depending on the shop. 依据商店的情况，小商店可以供应从廉价到昂贵的多种商品。 限制性定语从句 95 大学英语自学教程(下) 14.in which both the father and the mother are equal parents. 现在父母平等的家庭越来越多。 非限制性定语从句 15.which give him clues for solving the new one. 偶尔他找到紧密相连的问题的答案，而这又给他解决新问题提供了线索。 非限定性定语从句 16.„,which transmit information,„,which store infor mation,„,which displays information. 传输信息的卫星，储存信息的电脑，显示信息的电视三者的结合会把每一 个家庭变成一个教育和娱乐中心。 非限定性定语从句 17.which,taken together,make up the whole vocabulary. 两大类词汇合在一起就构成了整个词汇。 限定性定语从句 18.when it was decided that a small profit on a great quantity of goods would be better than a large profit on fewer sales. 在上个世纪出现了一角钱商店，当时人们认为薄利多销会比谋取厚利好得多。 限定性定语从句 19.that does not feature north at the top. 很难想象一张地图的上端连北都没有标。 限定性定语从句 20.who got married without even telling their parents or other family members. 我知道几个朋友结婚时连他们的父母和其他家人都没告诉。限定性定语从句 21.which means that an accurate count can never be made 许多梦游者不寻求帮助，所以从没留下记录，这意味着我们永远不可能得 到准确的统计。 非限定性定语从句 22.that provide food for the smaller birds that in turn,provide food for the Arctic fox and the wolf. 潮湿的、沼泽般的土地会产生大量的昆虫，它们给小鸟提供了食物，这些小鸟转 而又给北极狐和狼提供了食物。限定性定语从 23.by which the position and course of a ship,aircraft or rocket can be figured out. 导航是一门为轮船、飞机或火箭确定位置和路线的艺术或科学。 限定性定语从句 24.as she often is 像往常一样，这女孩正努力工作。 非限制性定语从句 25.who steals,many more are there to spend their money,to the advantage of both the shops and the British economy. 人们不应该忘记，有人偷就有更多的人掏自己的腰包替偷窃者垫钱——这对商家 和英国经济都有好处。 限定性定语从句 ?. 1(许多男孩年轻时几乎没有优点，但他们为国家作出了很大的贡献。 2(为了看起来瘦小一些，大块头的人或肥胖的人总是穿暗色的衣服。 3(如果那些经理们打算创造出好的工作条件以便驾驭他们的职员，理解他们的感受，非语言交流的研究对经理们来说是重要的。 4(因为没有仔细阅读说明，我的一个学生错误地关上了开关。 5(他们从中周旋，为了改善两个朋友之间的关系。 6(当一个人谈话用手捂住嘴时，就暴露了他缺乏信心。 7(你为他做了这么多，他竟对你如此不仁不义。 8(这一教训你将终生难忘。 9(交通阻塞了30多分钟，所以我迟到了。 10(他希望再写一封信来消除所有的误会。 Unit 15 第一部分 Text A 【课文译文】 电脑与诗人 The essential problem of man in a computerized age remains the same as it has always been. That problem is not solely how to be more productive, more comfortable, 96 大学英语自学教程(下) more content, but how to be more sensitive, more sensible, more proportionate, more alive. The computer makes possible a marvellous leap in human proficiency; it pulls down the fences around the practical and even the theoretical intelligence. But the question persists and indeed grows whether the computer will make it easier or harder for human beings to know who they really are, to identify their real problems, to respond more fully to beauty, to place adequate value on life, and to make their world safer than it now is. 在计算机时代，人类的基本问题和过去是一样的。这个问题不仅仅是如何产量更 高、如何更舒适、如何更令人满意，而是如何更敏感、更理智、更均衡、更富有生机。 计算机使人类知识的飞跃成为可能;它打破了人的实践智力、甚至理论智力的藩篱。 但计算机是否有助于人类了解人到底是什么呢?是否有助于人识别他们真正的问题呢? 是否有利于人类对美好事物作出更为充分的反应呢?是否有助于使我们世界的未来比 今天更为安全呢?这问题持续存在并呈增长势头。 Electronic brains can reduce the profusion of dead ends involved in vital research. But they can't eliminate the foolishness and decay that come from the unexamined life. Nor do they connect a man to the things he has to be connected to -- the reality of pain in others; the possibilities of creative growth in himself; the memory of the race; and the rights of the next generation. 电脑能减少生命研究中的许多死胡同。但它不能消除生活中的愚蠢与堕落，也不 能把一个人和他不得不与之相联系的事物联系起来，如别人的痛苦状况、自身创造性 的机会，种族的印记以及下一代人的权利。 The reason these matters are important in a computerized age is that there may be a tendency to mistake data for wisdom, just as there has always been a tendency to confuse logic with values, and intelligence with insight. Easy and convenient access to facts can produce unlimited good only if it is matched by the desire and ability to find out what they mean and where they would lead. 这些事情在计算机时代之所以重要是因为有一种把数据误认为是智慧的趋势，正 如一直存在着混淆逻辑和价值观、智力和洞察力的趋势一样。只有对事实材料的便捷 获取与发现这些材料的意义和这些材料可能悟出的结果的那种渴望与能力相结合，这 种获取或发现才是有意义的。 Facts are terrible things if left spreading and unexamined. They are too easily regarded as evaluated certainties rather than as the rawest of raw materials crying to be processed into the texture of logic. It requires a very unusual mind, Whitehead said, to undertake the analysis of a fact. The computer can provide a correct number, but it may be an irrelevant number until judgment is pronounced. 任其传播而没有经过审查的事实是可怕的。它们太容易被看作已有定论的可靠事 实，而不是迫切需要处理，使之具有逻辑条理的原始材料中最原始的材料。怀特埃德 说，需要一个非凡的头脑来分析事实。电脑可以提供一个正确的数据，但数据只有在 作出决定时才是有用的。 To the extent, then, that man fails to distinguish between the intermediate operations of electronic intelligence and the ultimate responsibilities of human decision, the 97 大学英语自学教程(下) computer could prove a digression. It could obscure man's awareness of the need to come to terms with himself. It may foster the illusion that he is asking fundamental questions when actually he is asking only functional ones. It may be regarded as a substitute for intelligence instead of an extension of it. It may promote undue confidence in concrete answers. "If we begin with certainties," Bacon said, "we shall end in doubts but if we begin with doubts, and we are patient with them, we shall end in certainties." 因而，在人不能区分电子智力的中间运算与人的决定的最终责任的情况下，计算 机可能被证明是一种节外生枝。它可能模糊了人还要满足于自身条件的这种意识。人 以为是在探究基础性问题，而事实上是在探究实用性问题，计算机可能逐渐养成人们 的这种错觉。人们会认为它是智力的替身而不是智力的结果。它会促使人们在具体问 题上产生不适当的自信。培根说:“如果我们以肯定开始，我们就会以疑问结束;但 如果我们以疑问开始，而且耐心处之，那么我们将会以肯定结束。” The computer knows how to conquer error, but before we lose ourselves in celebrating the victory, we might reflect on the great advances in the human situation that have come about because men were challenged by error and would not stop thinking and exploring until they found better approaches for dealing with it. “Give me a good fruitful error, full of seeds, bursting with its own corrections,” Ferris Greenslei wrote, “You can keep your sterile truth for yourself.” 计算机知道如何纠错，但在我们沉迷于叫好之前，我们应该回顾一下人类的重大 进步，因为这种进步是在人类的错误、思考、探索、较好的解决办法的过程中才取得 的。费里斯?格林斯里写道“给我一个硕果累累的错误吧，满足萌牙，却富有纠错功 能。把那贫瘠的真理留给你吧。” The biggest single need in computer technology is not for increased speed, or enlarged capacity, or prolonged memory, or reduced size, but for better questions and better use of the answers. Without taking anything away from the technicians, we think it might be fruitful to effect some sort of junction between the computer technologist and the poet. A genuine purpose may be served by turning loose the wonders of the creative imagination on the kinds of problems being put to electronic technology. The company of poets may enable the men who tend the machines to see a wider range of possibilities than technology alone may inspire. 计算机技术的最大的，惟一的问题并不是提高速度、扩大内存、增强记忆功能或 减小体积，而是提出较好的问题和更好地使用答案。在无碍于技术人员的情况下，我 们认为，在计算机专家和诗人之间实现某种结合可能会有所收获。通过充分发挥由电 子技术处理的问题的创造性想象的神奇力量，计算机可能起到真正的作用。与诗人为 伍可能使用计算机的人能够看到比技术自身激发出的更大范围的可能性。 A poet, said Aristotle, has the advantage of expressing the universal; the specialist expresses only the particular. The poet, moreover, can remind us that man's greatest energy comes not from his dynamos but from his dreams. But the quality of a man's dreams can only be a reflection of his subconscious. What he puts into his subconscious, therefore, is quite literally the most important nourishment in the world. 98 大学英语自学教程(下) 亚里斯多德说过，诗人长于表达共性;而专家只能表述某一特性。而且诗人能够 提醒我们:人的最大能量不是来自精力而是来自于他的梦想。但一个人梦想的质量只 能是他的下意识的折射。因此，他存入下意识的东西是人世间最重要的营养。 Nothing rally happens to a man except as it is registered in the subconscious. This is where event and feeling become memory and where the proof of life is stored. The poet -- and we use the term to include all those who have respect for and speak to the human spirit -- can help to supply the subconscious with material to enhance its sensitivity, thus safeguarding it. The poet, too, can help to keep man from making himself over in the image of his electronic wonders. For the danger is not so much that man will be controlled by the computer as that he may imitate it. 什么事情也不会发生，除非人的下意识中留有印迹。下意识就是事件和感觉变成 记忆的地方，也是生活证明储存的地方。诗人——我们用这个词包括所有尊重人类精 神、为人类精神辩护的人，可以帮助向下意识提供素材以增加其灵敏度并维护它。诗 人还可以使人不至于按照电子奇迹的形象来改造自己。因为危险不在于人被计算机控 制，而在于人模仿它。 The poet reminds men of their uniqueness. It is not necessary to possess the ultimate definition of this uniqueness. Even to speculate on it is a gain. 诗人还提醒人们:人是独一无二的。对其独一性下一个终级定义是没有必要的， 但对这种独一性进行思考却是一种收获。 【课文难点注释】 1(Nordo they connect a man to the things he has to be connected to—the reality of pain in others;the possibilities of creative growth in himself;the memory of the race;and the rights of the next generation. 此句是个倒装句。表示否定意义的副词，如nor,neither,seldom等位于句首，要 使用半倒装句式。he has to be connected to是个定语从句。在此句中，破折号起到 解释 、说明的作用。 ,例句,—I'm not very fond of sweets. —Neither do I. 我不太喜欢糖。我也如此。 Not a single book had he read that month. 那个月他一本书也没 读。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.b 2.b 3.b 4.a 5.d ?. 1.solely 2.vital 3.access 4.pronounce 5.ultimate 6.illusion 7.extension 8.ultimate 9.nourishment 10.register ?. 1.responsibility 2.uniqueness 3.ultimate 4.unipueness 5.correction 6.extension 7.foolishness 8.tendency 9.nourishment 10.reflection ?. 1(The computer has brought human beings into a new era. 2(The computer can help solve many problems in vital study. 3(Aristotle said a poet has the advantage of expressing the universal,while a specialist expresses only the particular. 4(Now there is a tendency to mistake the computer data for wisdom. 5(The use of computers in the industrial fields has brought about surprising change in productivity. 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.a.theory b.theoretically c.theoretical 99 大学英语自学教程(下) 2.a.examination b.examined c.unexamined 3.a.specialized b.functionally c.functional 4.a.function b.functionally c.functional ?. 1.sensible 2.vital 3.ultimate 4.uniqueness 5.solely 6.sterile 7.undue 8.mistaken 9.ended 10.speculates on 11.safeguard 12.obscure 13.junction 14.turned,loose ?. 1(The ultimate responsibility lies in the president. 2(Technicians possess valuable data. 3(He dreamed of conquering hostility with love. 4(The twins are so much alike that we can hardly distinguish between them. 5(We must reflect on the influence of the television violence on the children. 6(All unlawful buildings must be pulled down. 7(Good books come about as a result of hard work. 8(When your friends quarrel,you should help them to come to terms. 第二部分 Text B 【课文译文】 美国教育的变化 The biggest "infrastructure" challenge for the United States in the next decade is not the billions needed for railroads, highways and energy. It is the American school system, from kindergarten through the Ph.D. program and the postgraduate education of adults. And it requires something far scarcer than money -- thinking and risk-taking. 在下一个十年中，美国所遇到的最大的“基础结构”的挑战并不是花费几十亿美 元用于铁路、公路和能源，而是美国的教育制度——从幼儿园到博士的培养计划以及 成人的教育。这需要的是比金钱更宝贵的东西——思考和冒险。 The challenge is not one of expansion. On the contrary, the rapid growth in enrollment over the last 40 years has come to an end. By 1978, more than 93 percent of young people entering the labor force had at least an eighth-grade education. So even if the birthrate should rise somewhat, little expansion is possible for elementary and secondary school enrollments. 这种挑战不是推广教育的挑战;相反的情况是过去40年里入学人数的快速增长已 经结束。到1978年，进入劳动大军的93%以上的青年人都至少受过8年教育。所以， 即使人口出生率有所上升，小学和中学的入学人数也只是小幅度的增长。 The last 30 years of social upheaval are also over. Busing will continue to be a highly emotional issue in a good many large cities. And there will still be efforts to use schools to bring women into fields such as engineering that have traditionally been considered "male." But this shift has already been accomplished in many fields: half or more of the accounting students in graduate schools of business, for example, are now women. As for most other social issues, the country will no longer try to use schools to bring about social reform. It's becoming increasingly clear to policy makers that schools cannot solve all the problems of the larger community. 过去30年的社会动荡已经结束。用校车接送学生在许多大城市里仍将是一个带有 高度感情色彩的问题。人们还将继续努力通过学校教育让妇女进军一些传统上被认为 是属于“男性”的领域，如工程领域。但这种转换在许多领域已经完成。例如，现在 100 大学英语自学教程(下) 在商学院会计专业的学生中，半数或半数以上的是女生。至于大部分别的社会问题， 国家不会再利用学校来带动社会变革。决策者们愈加清晰:学校不能解决事关较大社 会范围的全部问题。 Instead, the battle cry for the '90s will be the demand for performance and accountability. For 30 years, employers have been hiring graduates for their degrees rather than their abilities; employment, pay and often even promotion have depended on one's diploma. Now many major employers are beginning to demand more than the completion of school. Some of the major banks, for example, are studying the possibility of entrance examinations that would test the knowledge and abilities of graduates applying for jobs. 相反，90年代的强烈呼声将是要求工作表现和能承担责任。30年来，雇主们雇佣 毕业生时只考虑学位而不是他们的能力;就业、薪水、甚至是提升常取决于文凭。现 在，许多大雇主已经开始不仅仅看重完成学业。例如，一些大银行正在研究进行求职 考试的可行性以便测试毕业生的知识和能力。 Students and parents, too, will demand greater accountability from schools, on all levels. It will be increasingly common to go to law against school districts and colleges for awarding degrees without imparting the skills that are supposed to go along with them. And many young people are already switching to practical "hard" subjects. Caring little about the so-called "youth culture" and the media, they have been shifting from psychology into medicine, from sociology into accounting and from black studies into computer programming. 学生和家长也对各类学校提出了更高的要求。将学区和学院告到法庭，因为它们 只授予学位而没有传授学位所要求的技能，这种情况将会越来越多。许多年轻人已经 开始转向实用的“硬件”课程，他们很少关心所谓的“青年文化”和媒体报道，已经 从心理学转向医学，从社会学转到会计学，从黑人研究转向计算机程序设计。 Demand for education is actually going up, not down. What is going down, and fairly fast, is demand for traditional education in traditional schools. 对于教育的需要事实上是在上升而不是在下降。正在下降而且下降得相当快的是 对传统学校的传统教育的需求。 Indeed, the fastest growing industry in America today may be the continuing professional education of highly schooled adults. Much of it takes place outside the education establishment -- through companies, hospitals and government departments that run courses for managerial and professional employees; or through management associations and trade associations. In the meantime, any number of private enterprises are organizing courses, producing training films and tapes and otherwise taking advantage of growth opportunities that universities shy away from. 实际上，当今美国增长最快的产业可能是已上了不少学的成年人的继续职业教育。 这种教育大多是在教育机构进行的，通过公司、医院和政府部门进行的，这些单位为 其聘用的管理人员和专业人员开设课程，或者通过管理协会或行业协会进行。与此同 时，许多私人企业安排课程，制作用于培训的电影和磁带，并以其他方式利用着各种 增长的机会，而这些机会是大学避而不用的。 The demand for continuing education does not take the form that most observers, 101 大学英语自学教程(下) including this writer, originally expected -- namely, "Great Books" classes for adults wanting to learn about the humanities, the arts, the "life of the mind." We face instead a growing demand for advanced professional education: in engineering and medicine, in accounting and journalism, in law and in administration and management. 对继续教育的要求不是采取大多数观察者、包括本文作者原来预期的形式——即 给想了解人文学科、艺术和心理的活动的成年人用“大部头书”上课。相反，我们面 对的是对高级职业教育提出的日益增长的要求。如在工程和医疗、会计和新闻、法律 和行政管理及经营方面。 Yet the adults who come back for such studies also demand what teachers of professional subjects are so rarely able to supply: a humanistic perspective that can integrate advanced professional and technical knowledge into a broader universe of experience and learning. Since these new students also need unconventional hours -- evenings, weekends or high-intensity courses that stuff a term's work into two weeks ?their demands for learning bring a vague but real threat to the school establishment. 然而，重返学校进行这类学习的成年人所要求的东西，却是专业课的老师几乎不 能提供的:一种能把先进的专业技术知识汇集到经验和学识的更广阔的普遍体系中的 人文主义的观点。由于这些学生需要利用业余时间学习，如晚上、周未或者说把一学 期的内容浓缩成两周的高强度的课程——他们对知识的需求给学校体制带来不易察觉 但却真实的威胁。 The greatest challenge to education is likely to come from our new opportunities for diversity. We now have the chance to apply the basic findings of psychological, developmental and educational research over the last 100 years: namely, that no one educational method fits all children. 教育的最大挑战很可能源于我们对多样性选择的新机遇之中。我们现在可以应用 过去100年中心理、发展教育等方面研究的成果，但任何一种教育方法不可能适合所 有的儿童。 Almost all children are capable of attaining the same standards within a reasonable period of time. All but a few babies, for instance, learn to walk by the age of two and to talk by the age of three, but no two get there quite the same way. 几乎所有的儿童都能够在一个合理的时间内达到同样的水平。例如，除了极个别 婴儿外，所有的孩子两岁学会走路，三岁会说话，但决没有两个孩子会按照完全一样 的步骤获得这两种技能。 So too at higher levels. Some children learn best by rote, in structured environments with high certainty and strict discipline. Others gain success in the less structured "permissive" atmosphere of a "progressive” school. Some adults learn out of books, some learn by doing, some learn best by listening. Some students need prescribed daily doses of information; others need challenge and a high degree of responsibility for the design of their own work. But for too long, teachers have insisted that there is one best way to teach and learn, even though they have disagreed about what that way is. 102 大学英语自学教程(下) 在更高一级的水平上也是如此。一些孩子最适宜在非常稳定、纪律严明和规程严 谨的环境中，靠死记硬背学习;而另一些孩子则能够在“进步的”学校里那种规程不 甚严格的“随意”气氛中取得成功。有些成年人学习依靠书本，另一些人则靠动手， 还有一些人靠听。因此学生规定出每天获取的信息量;而另外一些学生需要挑战性的 压力，需要给自己的学习规划提出高标准的要求。但是长久以来，教师们坚持认为有 一种最好的学习方法，尽管他们对于这种方法仍然各持己见。 A century ago, the greatest majority of Americans lived in communities so small that only one one-room schoolhouse was within walking distance of small children. Then there had to be "one right method" for everybody to learn. 100年前，绝大多数美国人居住在狭小的社区中，这社区小到只有一间校舍，连很 小的孩子都可以步行上学。那时，也只能有“一种正确的方法”来让学生学习。 Today the great majority of pupils in the United States (and all developed countries) live in big cities with such density that there can easily be three or four elementary schools -- as well as secondary schools within each child's walking or bicycling distance. This enables students and their parents to choose between alternative routes to learning offered by competing schools. 现在，在美国(和其他发达国家)大部分的小学生都生活在人口稠密的大城市中。 在这些城市中，每个孩子步行或骑自行车的距离内，非常容易地也可以找到三四所小 学或中学。几所学校相互竞争使得学生和家长们可以择校就学。 Indeed, competition and choice are already beginning to infiltrate the school system. Private schools and colleges have shown an unusual ability to survive and develop during a period of rising costs and dropping enrollments elsewhere. All this presents, of course, a true threat to the public school establishment. But economics, student needs and our new understanding of how people learn are bound to break the traditional education monopoly just as trucks and airplanes broke the monopoly of the railroads, and computers and "chips" are breaking the telephone monopoly. 的确，竞争和选择已经开始参透到学校体制中，在别的学校费用上涨、入学人数 下降之时，私立学校和学院却呈现出非凡的生存和发展能力。这对公立教育体制构成 了真正的威胁。但正如卡车和飞机打破了铁路的垄断，计算机和“芯片”打破了电话 的垄断一样，经济条件、学生需要和我们对于学习过程的新的认识，肯定会打破传统 教育的垄断。 In the next 10 or 15 years we will almost certainly see strong pressures to make schools responsible for thinking through what kind of learning methods are appropriate for each child. We will almost certainly see great pressure, from parents and students alike, for result-focused education and for accountability in meeting objectives set for individual students. The continuing professional education of highly educated adults will become a third tier in addition to undergraduate and professional or graduate work. Above all, attention will shift back to schools and education as the central capital investment and infrastructure of a “knowledge society.” 在今后的10,15年中，我们肯定会看到:强大的压力能迫使学校去思考并找出适 用于每个孩子的学习方法。我们肯定也会看到来自学生和家长方面的压力:他们要求 103 大学英语自学教程(下) 重结果型的教育，要求学校要为达到给每个学生制定的目标负起责任来。在本科教育、 专职和研究生教育之后还要有高学历成人的继续专职教育，这是第三种教育。毕竟， 注意力将转回学校和教育上，把它们看作“知识社会”的重要的基本投资和基础结构。 【课文难点分析】 1(Some of the major banks,for example,are studying the possibility of entrance examinations that would test the knowledge and abilities of graduates applying for jobs. applying for jobs是现在分词短语作定语修饰 2(It will be increasingly common to go to law against school districts and colleges for awarding degrees without imparting the skills that are supposed to go along with them. go to law against„ 意为控告„ ,例句,He will go to law against his company. 他将控告他的公司。 介词for引导的介词短语，表示原因。 that引导的定语从句，用来修饰the skills be supposed to„ 表示设想„ ,例句,At the present moment he is supposed to be in Paris 目前，他应 该在巴黎。 go along with„ 意为和„一起 ,例句,He is going along with his girlfriend. 他正和他的女朋友在一起。 3(But economics,student needs and our new understading of how people learn are bound to break the traditional education monopoly just a s trucks and airplanes broke the monopoly of the railroads,and computers and“chips”are breaking the telephone monopoly. just as 表示 像„一样 ,例句,You had better tell my friend very interesting experience just as you have told it to me. 你最好给我的朋友讲一讲你最有趣的经历，就像你讲给我听的那样。 【课文练习答案】 ?. 1.T 2.F 3.T 4.T 5.T 6.T 7.F 8.T 9.T 10.T ?. 1.expansion,social upheaval 2.Performance,accountability 3.award 4.traditional education 5.continuing professional education 6.Engineering,medicine,accounting,journalism,law 7.stuff,into 8.infiltrated,competition 9.traditional education monopoly 10.result,focused,accountability 【词汇练习答案】 ?. 1.A 2.C 3.B 4.A 5.C ?. 1.expansion 2.promotions 3.disagree,about 4.integrated 5.perspective 6.awarded 7.infiltrate 8.demand for 9.permissive 10.small 【语法练习答案】 ?. 1.if you want to be sure what was implied. 条件状语从句 在面试中，如果你想弄清话语的含义，礼貌地请求对方解释一下，不必害怕。 2.if you have applied for many jobs in a short time as it is easy to con fuse 条件状语从句;原因状语从句 如果在短时间内申请许多工作，记住你说过的话和他们的要求是很重要的，因为很 容易搞混。 3.although they need some inorganic food.让步状语从句 尽管动物需要无机食物，但它们不能单靠无机食物生活。 4.though I was at the time. 让步状语从句 那时尽管我的英语口语很差，但别人还能理解。 5.as it is to say that one should never drink water and beer together. 比 较状语从句。 说人们不应该同时喝橘子汁和牛奶和说人们不应该喝水和啤酒一样，都是荒唐的。 6.so that the audience sees and hears them many times.目的状语从句. 广告被多次重复以便观众能多次听到和看到。 104 大学英语自学教程(下) 7.because it is so near to us. 原因状语从句。 因为月球离我们近，所以看起来大。 8.that they might have a better view.目的状语从句 他们爬得更高以便视野更远。 9.lest we should be late. 目的状语从句 我们必须快点以免迟到。 10.when we speak of write. 时间状语从句 当我们在为说话和写作措词时，可以使用字典，但不能为字典所束缚。 11.if they so choose.条件状语从句 一些社会团体在试图说服英国政府给予国内工作自由，如果愿意的话，可以让他们去找同一种工作但可以找不同的雇主。 12.since Ptolemy had calculated wrongly the size of the Atlantic 原因状语从句 因为托勒密把大西洋的面积计算错了，所以哥伦布使用的托勒密地图给他的航海带来了一些麻烦。 13.if someone didn't wake them up. 条件状语从句 大部分人有很强的自制力不去谋杀和实施暴力，即使无人提醒，他们自己也常自省。 14.berore he returns时间状语从句 他不久就会回来。 15.before you buy时间状语从句 在购物之前要仔细检查。 16.just as the modern mother does.方式状语从句 传统家庭中的母亲满足了孩子们的物质需要和感情需要，现代家庭中的母亲也是一样。 17.if they did not have the pressure of the atmosphere against the surface. 条件状语从句 如果车胎的表面没有大气压力，车胎就会爆炸。 18.when man laid aside his wrong beliefs and began to seek true explanations. 时间状语从句 当人们放弃了错误的信仰去追寻正确的解释时，科学就开始快速发展了。 19.if they are not allowed to repeat the letters to themselves. 条件状语从句 据说，如果不允许重复记忆三个字母，18秒钟后我们会忘记。 20.as much as you like.让步状语从句 你只管笑你的，我们仍然坚持我们的计划。 21.the longer it is exposed to the weather.条件状语从句 石头在外边暴露的时间越长，就越硬。 22.he comes 时间状语从句 他一回来就通知我。 23.when the roof collapsed 时间状语从句 我刚一离开，房顶就塌了。 24.than a violent storm broke out 时间状语从句 我刚到家，暴风雨就来了。 25.wherever you are 让步状语从句 无论你站在哪里，都要站着一丝不动。 26.provided you give it back to me tomorrow morning 条件状语从句 你可以用我的自行车，不过明天早晨你要还给我。 27.(that)all his courses are full 结果状语从句 他是一位好讲师，他所开的课程全部爆满。 28.as if he had a potato in his mouth.方式状语从句 呆在那儿别动。 30.than we had expected.比较状语从句 这项工程比我们预期完成的早得多。 31.I could not distinguish anything around me. 结果状语从句 雾太浓，我分辨不清周围的东西。 32.although the performance was not entirely to her taste. 让步状语从句 尽管昨晚的节目并不完全合她的胃口，伊丽莎白还是喜欢这场演出的。 33.While he has many friends 让步状语从句 尽管有许多朋友，但他时常感到孤独。 34.Small as it is 让步状语从句 尽管这支部队人数少，战斗力却极强。 35.where the bushes grew the thickest.地点状语从句 他们藏在丛林最密的地方。 36.than they would contribute money.比较状语从句 他们宁愿出力也不愿出钱。 37.Now that they are all here.原因状语从句 既然都在这里，我们就开始讨论吧。 105 大学英语自学教程(下) 38.when you visit my university.时间状语从句 下次再来我们学校，一定来访。 39.since you are so clever.原因状语从句 你既然聪明，那就告诉我这个词是什么意思? 40.As long as you don't lose heart 条件状语从句 只要不灰心，你就会成功 106